US20090076003A1 - Phthalazine Derivatives with Angiogenesis Inhibiting Activity - Google Patents
Phthalazine Derivatives with Angiogenesis Inhibiting Activity Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20090076003A1 US20090076003A1 US12/141,179 US14117908A US2009076003A1 US 20090076003 A1 US20090076003 A1 US 20090076003A1 US 14117908 A US14117908 A US 14117908A US 2009076003 A1 US2009076003 A1 US 2009076003A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- formula
- compound
- mixture
- oxide
- tautomers
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 8
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical class C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 19
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 title description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 226
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 50
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 42
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 83
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 83
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 61
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 41
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 22
- 102000009484 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 claims description 11
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000025747 Rheumatic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000000552 rheumatic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004005 formimidoyl group Chemical group [H]\N=C(/[H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- SWNRXQYQTQVWKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2,3-dihydroindol-1-yl)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C(=O)CCC(=O)O)CCC2=C1 SWNRXQYQTQVWKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims 3
- 230000003455 independent Effects 0.000 claims 2
- 125000001316 cycloalkyl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 abstract description 32
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 23
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 abstract description 15
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 abstract description 15
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 abstract description 15
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 abstract description 8
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 abstract description 8
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 abstract description 7
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 108091005682 Receptor kinases Proteins 0.000 abstract description 2
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 99
- -1 cyano, carboxy Chemical group 0.000 description 98
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 52
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 49
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 39
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 29
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 28
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 25
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 24
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 22
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 21
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 19
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 16
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 15
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 0 C.C.CC.CC.[1*]C1=C([2*])C(CC2=C[2H]=[3H]*=B2)=NN=C1CC[Y] Chemical compound C.C.CC.CC.[1*]C1=C([2*])C(CC2=C[2H]=[3H]*=B2)=NN=C1CC[Y] 0.000 description 14
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 14
- CSRZQMIRAZTJOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilyl iodide Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)I CSRZQMIRAZTJOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 13
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108091000080 Phosphotransferase Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 10
- 102000020233 phosphotransferase Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002676 xenobiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229960001701 chloroform Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 7
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 7
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 6
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 6
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- 108010044467 Isoenzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 108010053099 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102100033177 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000014399 negative regulation of angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- IPHAQVXZIPRVRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromo-4-ethylaniline Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(N)C=C1Br IPHAQVXZIPRVRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GDAOTMPSOAOSLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(5-bromo-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]-n-(4-tert-butylphenyl)phthalazin-1-amine Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(OC)=NC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1NC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 GDAOTMPSOAOSLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- AMIMRNSIRUDHCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropylaldehyde Chemical compound CC(C)C=O AMIMRNSIRUDHCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101100372762 Rattus norvegicus Flt1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010037444 diisopropylglutathione ester Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 229940073584 methylene chloride Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 4
- IJAPPYDYQCXOEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazin-1(2H)-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NN=CC2=C1 IJAPPYDYQCXOEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 4
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WORJRXHJTUTINR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dioxane;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1COCCO1 WORJRXHJTUTINR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- CHTCYGDJJDDMND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propan-2-yl-1,3-dioxan-5-amine Chemical compound CC(C)C1OCC(N)CO1 CHTCYGDJJDDMND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CTAIEPPAOULMFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-methoxypyridine-3-carbaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=O)C=N1 CTAIEPPAOULMFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010000543 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C9 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010001237 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2D6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100029358 Cytochrome P450 2C9 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102100021704 Cytochrome P450 2D6 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010013710 Drug interaction Diseases 0.000 description 3
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C]1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [C]1=CC=CC=C1 CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000005530 alkylenedioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000006383 alkylpyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- BVIMWJUVTZSRQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl N-(2-propan-2-yl-1,3-dioxan-5-yl)carbamate Chemical compound C(C1=CC=CC=C1)OC(NC1COC(OC1)C(C)C)=O BVIMWJUVTZSRQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000008274 breast adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 3
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZHNTUSUVRGPQEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-[(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazin-1-amine Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1NC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 ZHNTUSUVRGPQEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 201000001514 prostate carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- RXYPXQSKLGGKOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dimethylpiperazine Chemical compound CN1CCN(C)CC1 RXYPXQSKLGGKOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UDPSNGWIZOEJBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(4-fluoro-2-methyl-1h-indol-5-yl)oxy]-4-[(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1OC1=CC=C(NC(C)=C2)C2=C1F UDPSNGWIZOEJBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIPHOINDITWOFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(5-bromo-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]-4-chlorophthalazine Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(OC)=NC=C1CC1=NN=C(Cl)C2=CC=CC=C12 NIPHOINDITWOFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJSOFNCYXJUNBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoic acid Chemical compound COC1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC(OC)=C1OC SJSOFNCYXJUNBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AXNHKDCJNXKFFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromo-4-tert-butylaniline Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Br AXNHKDCJNXKFFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BIRNLMXSYNBWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromo-5-[(4-chlorophthalazin-1-yl)methyl]-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(O)=NC=C1CC1=NN=C(Cl)C2=CC=CC=C12 BIRNLMXSYNBWRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FAKKSYRAOVHEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(5-bromo-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]-2h-phthalazin-1-one Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(OC)=NC=C1CC1=NNC(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12 FAKKSYRAOVHEMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MFRKYEJMLQUSJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-propan-2-ylcyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound CC(C)C1CCC(N)CC1 MFRKYEJMLQUSJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WRDWWAVNELMWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-tert-butylaniline Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 WRDWWAVNELMWAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VLMXWVKBXMBEQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-6-methoxypyridine-3-carbaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=NC=C(C=O)C=C1Br VLMXWVKBXMBEQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SCVSKBOXACFBBW-WGSAOQKQSA-N C1=NC(OC)=CC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N[C@@H]3CC[C@H](CC3)C(C)C)=NN=2)=C1 Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N[C@@H]3CC[C@H](CC3)C(C)C)=NN=2)=C1 SCVSKBOXACFBBW-WGSAOQKQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LFGSHCKPUYFERS-WGSAOQKQSA-N C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1N[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C(C)C)CC1 Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1N[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C(C)C)CC1 LFGSHCKPUYFERS-WGSAOQKQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=CC=C Chemical compound C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GRXMMIBZRMKADT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(Br)C=C(N)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(Br)C=C(N)C=C1 GRXMMIBZRMKADT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JFPBADQWEBUBDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=CC=C(NC2=NN=C(CC3=CC=NC=C3)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1Br Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(NC2=NN=C(CC3=CC=NC=C3)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1Br JFPBADQWEBUBDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIOAQJNADLELPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[C]1OCCO1 Chemical group C[C]1OCCO1 UIOAQJNADLELPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010074922 Cytochrome P-450 CYP1A2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010026925 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C19 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010081668 Cytochrome P-450 CYP3A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100029363 Cytochrome P450 2C19 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100039205 Cytochrome P450 3A4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000018832 Cytochromes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052832 Cytochromes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007342 Diabetic Nephropathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010065390 Inflammatory pain Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010022998 Irritability Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010025421 Macule Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910021380 Manganese Chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Manganese chloride Chemical compound Cl[Mn]Cl GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKJIRPAQVSHGFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetylglycine Chemical compound CC(=O)NCC(O)=O OKJIRPAQVSHGFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VIUDTWATMPPKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 VIUDTWATMPPKEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010055723 PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091008605 VEGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZVQOOHYFBIDMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [methyl(oxido){1-[6-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethyl}-lambda(6)-sulfanylidene]cyanamide Chemical compound N#CN=S(C)(=O)C(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)N=C1 ZVQOOHYFBIDMTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006392 alkylpyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Al](Cl)Cl VSCWAEJMTAWNJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron tribromide Chemical compound BrB(Br)Br ILAHWRKJUDSMFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- LNAMMBFJMYMQTO-FNEBRGMMSA-N chloroform;(1e,4e)-1,5-diphenylpenta-1,4-dien-3-one;palladium Chemical compound [Pd].[Pd].ClC(Cl)Cl.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1.C=1C=CC=CC=1\C=C\C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 LNAMMBFJMYMQTO-FNEBRGMMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000824 cytostatic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000033679 diabetic kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000002024 ethyl acetate extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940071106 ethylenediaminetetraacetate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008570 general process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009931 harmful effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011565 manganese chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ZZGHTVPMPQRSQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-bromo-4-ethylphenyl)-4-[(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)methyl]phthalazin-1-amine Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(CC)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC(OC)=C1 ZZGHTVPMPQRSQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KMELLXBZWNADMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-[[5-(ethylamino)-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl]methyl]phthalazin-1-amine Chemical compound N1=C(OC)C(NCC)=CC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C(NC=3C=CC(=CC=3)C(C)(C)C)=NN=2)=C1 KMELLXBZWNADMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FMPYUPZLDPHUNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-[[5-(furan-2-yl)-6-methoxypyridin-3-yl]methyl]phthalazin-1-amine Chemical compound C1=C(C=2OC=CC=2)C(OC)=NC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1NC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 FMPYUPZLDPHUNN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KETNPQPATHSWAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-4-[[6-methoxy-5-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)pyridin-3-yl]methyl]phthalazin-1-amine Chemical compound C1=C(C=2SC=CN=2)C(OC)=NC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1NC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1 KETNPQPATHSWAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTEGVFVZDVNBPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,5-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1S(O)(=O)=O XTEGVFVZDVNBPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009925 nephrosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004304 oxazol-5-yl group Chemical group O1C=NC=C1* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pimelic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCC(O)=O WLJVNTCWHIRURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004289 pyrazol-3-yl group Chemical group [H]N1N=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N suberic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCC(O)=O TYFQFVWCELRYAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005034 trifluormethylthio group Chemical group FC(S*)(F)F 0.000 description 2
- 125000000876 trifluoromethoxy group Chemical group FC(F)(F)O* 0.000 description 2
- FIQMHBFVRAXMOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphane oxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FIQMHBFVRAXMOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010518 undesired secondary reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- AADVCYNFEREWOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+)-DDM Natural products C=CC=CC(C)C(OC(N)=O)C(C)C(O)C(C)CC(C)=CC(C)C(O)C(C)C=CC(O)CC1OC(=O)C(C)C(O)C1C AADVCYNFEREWOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-DIHCEYMBSA-N (2r,3s,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6,7-hexahydroxyheptanoic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O KWMLJOLKUYYJFJ-DIHCEYMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKTYUHMWNUVAAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methanol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(CO)C=N1 YKTYUHMWNUVAAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006705 (C5-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AFENDNXGAFYKQO-VKHMYHEASA-N (S)-2-hydroxybutyric acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](O)C(O)=O AFENDNXGAFYKQO-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-2-hydroxybut-2-enedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(\O)C(O)=O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYLIWHYUXAJDOJ-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-4-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)but-2-en-1-ol Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2C\C=C\CO DYLIWHYUXAJDOJ-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMOJQXXBXFSZAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M *.B.COC1=CC(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)=CC=N1.O=C1C=C(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)C=CN1 Chemical compound *.B.COC1=CC(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)=CC=N1.O=C1C=C(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)C=CN1 DMOJQXXBXFSZAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SJDQPAAYZUVEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M *.B.COC1=CC=C(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)C=N1.O=C1C=CC(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)=CN1 Chemical compound *.B.COC1=CC=C(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)C=N1.O=C1C=CC(CC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(N[Y])N=N2)=CN1 SJDQPAAYZUVEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UCLKLGIYGBLTSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrachloro-5-(2,5-dichlorophenyl)benzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(Cl)C(C=2C(=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C=2)Cl)=C1 UCLKLGIYGBLTSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJHCYTJNPVGSBZ-YXSASFKJSA-N 1-[4-[6-amino-5-[(Z)-methoxyiminomethyl]pyrimidin-4-yl]oxy-2-chlorophenyl]-3-ethylurea Chemical compound CCNC(=O)Nc1ccc(Oc2ncnc(N)c2\C=N/OC)cc1Cl BJHCYTJNPVGSBZ-YXSASFKJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C(=O)N)=CC2=C1 GYSCBCSGKXNZRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YDJCMRRHPOJTEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-[(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC1=NN=C(Cl)C2=CC=CC=C12 YDJCMRRHPOJTEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO QKNYBSVHEMOAJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLKVKCJZMXUFSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1-ethyl-4-nitrobenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1Br VLKVKCJZMXUFSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VIXSTSCFPDRETO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1-tert-butyl-4-nitrobenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1Br VIXSTSCFPDRETO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- VOCKNCWQVHJMAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxypyridine-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=O)=CC=N1 VOCKNCWQVHJMAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- PKRSYEPBQPFNRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC=C1 PKRSYEPBQPFNRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-PPJXEINESA-N 2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-PPJXEINESA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWPZKOJSYQZABD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoic acid Natural products COC1=CC(OC)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 IWPZKOJSYQZABD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKGCQAJGAPNBFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromo-5-[[4-(4-tert-butylanilino)phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CN=C(O)C(Br)=C1 AKGCQAJGAPNBFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phosphoglyceric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)COP(O)(O)=O OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XRYJULCDUUATMC-CYBMUJFWSA-N 4-[4-[[(1r)-1-phenylethyl]amino]-7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-6-yl]phenol Chemical compound N([C@H](C)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C=1C=2)=NC=NC=1NC=2C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XRYJULCDUUATMC-CYBMUJFWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWCFUVUOLBTFQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[4-(3-bromo-4-ethylanilino)phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C1=C(Br)C(CC)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC(O)=C1 QWCFUVUOLBTFQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUBBRNOQWQTFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminosalicylic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(O)=C1 WUBBRNOQWQTFEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMWRMOYYUHIPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-2-methyl-1h-indol-5-ol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2NC(C)=CC2=C1F UMWRMOYYUHIPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical class C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- XMCZXGQXIWYWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[4-(4-tert-butylanilino)phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=C(O)N=C1 XMCZXGQXIWYWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGWUORYAQQQNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[4-(4-tert-butylanilino)phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-3-(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CN=C(O)C(C=2SC=CN=2)=C1 AGWUORYAQQQNPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARHXQLLIFKKUGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[4-(4-tert-butylanilino)phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-3-(ethylamino)-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound N1=C(O)C(NCC)=CC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C(NC=3C=CC(=CC=3)C(C)(C)C)=NN=2)=C1 ARHXQLLIFKKUGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XIOMJUQGAFMQGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[4-(4-tert-butylanilino)phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-3-(furan-2-yl)-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CN=C(O)C(C=2OC=CC=2)=C1 XIOMJUQGAFMQGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGIOMSKRNCADDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[[4-[(4-fluoro-2-methyl-1h-indol-5-yl)oxy]phthalazin-1-yl]methyl]-1h-pyridin-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=C2NC(C)=CC2=C(F)C=1OC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=C(O)N=C1 DGIOMSKRNCADDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDYVUKGVKRZQNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-phosphonohexylphosphonic acid Chemical compound OP(O)(=O)CCCCCCP(O)(O)=O WDYVUKGVKRZQNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YAFGHMIAFYQSCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-ethoxy-2-oxochromene-3-carbonitrile Chemical compound C1=C(C#N)C(=O)OC2=CC(OCC)=CC=C21 YAFGHMIAFYQSCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAZHUELNIGDYQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-methoxy-4-(trifluoromethyl)chromen-2-one Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 HAZHUELNIGDYQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDJHALXBUFZDSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetoacetic acid Natural products CC(=O)CC(O)=O WDJHALXBUFZDSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940122815 Aromatase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010051113 Arterial restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000037260 Atherosclerotic Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IPSSCLNQTKMEBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N B.CC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(C)N=N2)C=C1C(F)(F)F Chemical compound B.CC1=CC=C(NC2=C3C=CC=CC3=C(C)N=N2)C=C1C(F)(F)F IPSSCLNQTKMEBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011729 BALB/c nude mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910015845 BBr3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015844 BCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940122361 Bisphosphonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000208199 Buxus sempervirens Species 0.000 description 1
- SCWVKKYGWUSVTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound C.CCC(C)(C)C SCWVKKYGWUSVTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONUKGNVSCAGTPM-CIEDQVTBSA-N C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1N[C@@H]1CO[C@@H](C(C)C)OC1 Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1CC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1N[C@@H]1CO[C@@H](C(C)C)OC1 ONUKGNVSCAGTPM-CIEDQVTBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFRULASQAGXDES-IYARVYRRSA-N C1C[C@@H](C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=C(O)N=C1 Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=C(O)N=C1 HFRULASQAGXDES-IYARVYRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QJQZVCMCQNVKTI-IYARVYRRSA-N C1C[C@@H](C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC(O)=C1 Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](C(C)C)CC[C@@H]1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC(O)=C1 QJQZVCMCQNVKTI-IYARVYRRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLEYAEIFTVZBOO-WEHONNDLSA-N C1O[C@@H](C(C)C)OC[C@@H]1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=C(O)N=C1 Chemical compound C1O[C@@H](C(C)C)OC[C@@H]1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=C(O)N=C1 GLEYAEIFTVZBOO-WEHONNDLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNCNETDKKJKEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(C)NCCN1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1.CC(C)NCCN1CCOCC1 GNCNETDKKJKEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMGHJRRXHMCZJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)C1=CSC=C1.CC(C)C1=NC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CSC=C1.CC(C)C1=NC=CC=C1 VMGHJRRXHMCZJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWBPJNBQZHTXGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC1=CC(=O)NC=C1.CC1=CC(O)NC=C1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC1=CC(=O)NC=C1.CC1=CC(O)NC=C1 BWBPJNBQZHTXGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZMAXQDMEAJVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC.CC1=CNC(=O)C=C1.CC1=CNC(O)C=C1 Chemical compound CC.CC.CC1=CNC(=O)C=C1.CC1=CNC(O)C=C1 DZMAXQDMEAJVNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKYJJJUJQHKWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(C(C)C)C=CC(N)=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(C(C)C)C=CC(N)=C1 MKYJJJUJQHKWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWLDBACVSHADLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(C(F)(F)F)C=CC=C1N Chemical compound CC1=C(C(F)(F)F)C=CC=C1N TWLDBACVSHADLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCFKMXSEXOQIEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC1=CC=C(NC2=NN=C(CC3=CNC(=O)C=C3)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1Br Chemical compound CCC1=CC=C(NC2=NN=C(CC3=CNC(=O)C=C3)C3=C2C=CC=C3)C=C1Br DCFKMXSEXOQIEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100381481 Caenorhabditis elegans baz-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UORFTKCHSA-N Capecitabine Chemical compound C1=C(F)C(NC(=O)OCCCCC)=NC(=O)N1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UORFTKCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Capecitabine Natural products C1=C(F)C(NC(=O)OCCCCC)=NC(=O)N1C1C(O)C(O)C(C)O1 GAGWJHPBXLXJQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000561 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026533 Cytochrome P450 1A2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029359 Cytochrome P450 2C8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N D-glucaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-LLEIAEIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940123780 DNA topoisomerase I inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124087 DNA topoisomerase II inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Decanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AADVCYNFEREWOS-OBRABYBLSA-N Discodermolide Chemical compound C=C\C=C/[C@H](C)[C@H](OC(N)=O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C\C(C)=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)\C=C/[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1C AADVCYNFEREWOS-OBRABYBLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030453 Drug-Related Side Effects and Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100030013 Endoribonuclease Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710199605 Endoribonuclease Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethenol Chemical group OC=C IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000009386 Experimental Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galactaric acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DHCLVCXQIBBOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol 2-phosphate Chemical compound OCC(CO)OP(O)(O)=O DHCLVCXQIBBOPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102400000932 Gonadoliberin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000032759 Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 101500026183 Homo sapiens Gonadoliberin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001059454 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase MARK2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000808011 Homo sapiens Vascular endothelial growth factor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100026720 Interferon beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000467 Interferon-beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-N-acetyl-Cysteine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010002481 Lymphocyte Specific Protein Tyrosine Kinase p56(lck) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036243 Lymphocyte Specific Protein Tyrosine Kinase p56(lck) Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000003820 Medium-pressure liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010066453 Mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HXFOXFJUNFFYMO-BYPYZUCNSA-N N-alpha-acetyl-L-asparagine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(N)=O HXFOXFJUNFFYMO-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVENUGPMQDFGLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=CC(Cl)=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 Chemical compound NC1=CC(Cl)=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 OVENUGPMQDFGLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PSDVFXQQNBDDJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 PSDVFXQQNBDDJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YKPDYPPZLUZONK-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1F Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1F YKPDYPPZLUZONK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003788 Neoplasm Micrometastasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-phosphoryl-L-serine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930012538 Paclitaxel Natural products 0.000 description 1
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium on carbon Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000315 Protein Kinase C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003923 Protein Kinase C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000016971 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-kit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014608 Proto-Oncogene Proteins c-kit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Raney nickel Chemical compound [Al].[Ni] NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101000852966 Rattus norvegicus Interleukin-1 receptor-like 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010038923 Retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000014400 SH2 domains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003452 SH2 domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001332 SRC Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006706 SRC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101710113029 Serine/threonine-protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100028904 Serine/threonine-protein kinase MARK2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010041067 Small cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000004584 Somatomedin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017622 Somatomedin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940100514 Syk tyrosine kinase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000034841 Thrombotic Microangiopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000365 Topoisomerase I Inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000317 Topoisomerase II Inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010053096 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010053100 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033178 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100033179 Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QPMSXSBEVQLBIL-CZRHPSIPSA-N ac1mix0p Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C[C@H](C)CN(C)C)C3=CC(OC)=CC=C3SC2=C1.O([C@H]1[C@]2(OC)C=CC34C[C@@H]2[C@](C)(O)CCC)C2=C5[C@]41CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C2O QPMSXSBEVQLBIL-CZRHPSIPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004308 acetylcysteine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000038016 acute inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006022 acute inflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009098 adjuvant therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-RSJOWCBRSA-N aldehydo-D-galacturonic acid Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-RSJOWCBRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N aldehydo-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005078 alkoxycarbonylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004909 aminosalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001949 anaesthesia Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002932 anastrozole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N anastrozole Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C#N)C)=CC(CN2N=CN=C2)=C1 YBBLVLTVTVSKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002280 anti-androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002456 anti-arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940046836 anti-estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001833 anti-estrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000051 antiandrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030495 antiandrogen sex hormone and modulator of the genital system Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002814 antineoplastic antimetabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003886 aromatase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007262 aromatic hydroxylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005840 aryl radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035578 autophosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide;cyclobutane-1,1-dicarboxylic acid;platinum(2+) Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].[Pt+2].OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCC1 VSRXQHXAPYXROS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000043 benzamido group Chemical group [H]N([*])C(=O)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical class N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001231 benzoyloxy group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O* 0.000 description 1
- HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl chloroformate Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 HSDAJNMJOMSNEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000440 benzylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MUALRAIOVNYAIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N binap Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C(=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C=1C2=CC=CC=C2C=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 MUALRAIOVNYAIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003851 biochemical process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001851 biosynthetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004663 bisphosphonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000711 cancerogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004117 capecitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004562 carboplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000315 carcinogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003855 cell nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002113 chemopreventative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical class N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N citraconic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(/C)=C\C(O)=O HNEGQIOMVPPMNR-IHWYPQMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004966 cyanoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylsulfamic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001085 cytostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005661 deetherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002074 deregulated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229950006137 dexfosfoserine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WOWBFOBYOAGEEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N diafenthiuron Chemical compound CC(C)C1=C(NC(=S)NC(C)(C)C)C(C(C)C)=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 WOWBFOBYOAGEEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZHXTWWCDMUWMDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxyboron Chemical compound O[B]O ZHXTWWCDMUWMDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylformamide dmf Chemical compound CN(C)C=O.CN(C)C=O UXGNZZKBCMGWAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UKWLRLAKGMZXJC-QIECWBMSSA-L disodium;[4-chloro-3-[(3r,5s)-1-chloro-3'-methoxyspiro[adamantane-4,4'-dioxetane]-3'-yl]phenyl] phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1OC2([C@@H]3CC4C[C@H]2CC(Cl)(C4)C3)C1(OC)C1=CC(OP([O-])([O-])=O)=CC=C1Cl UKWLRLAKGMZXJC-QIECWBMSSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLRANSBEYQZKFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid;propane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CC(O)CO.CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O LLRANSBEYQZKFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930013356 epothilone Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003883 epothilone derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006735 epoxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000328 estrogen antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SRCZQMGIVIYBBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxyethane;ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCC.CCOC(C)=O SRCZQMGIVIYBBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPIQZBQZKBKLEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 1-[[2-chloroethyl(nitroso)carbamoyl]amino]cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound ClCCN(N=O)C(=O)NC1(C(=O)OCC)CCCCC1 FPIQZBQZKBKLEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIVVHUQWDOGLJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylsulfamic acid Chemical group CCNS(O)(=O)=O SIVVHUQWDOGLJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007421 fluorometric assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-DUHBMQHGSA-N galactaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O DSLZVSRJTYRBFB-DUHBMQHGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003304 gavage Methods 0.000 description 1
- SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N gemcitabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1C(F)(F)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 SDUQYLNIPVEERB-QPPQHZFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005277 gemcitabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940097043 glucuronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N gonadorelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001442 gonadorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003630 growth substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006377 halopyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000002222 hemangioblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000058223 human VEGFA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012433 hydrogen halide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000039 hydrogen halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001631 hypertensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002411 imatinib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N imatinib methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.C1CN(C)CCN1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)NC=2C=C(NC=3N=C(C=CN=3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)C(C)=CC=2)C=C1 YLMAHDNUQAMNNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical class N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical class C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N irinotecan Chemical compound C1=C2C(CC)=C3CN(C(C4=C([C@@](C(=O)OC4)(O)CC)C=4)=O)C=4C3=NC2=CC=C1OC(=O)N(CC1)CCC1N1CCCCC1 UWKQSNNFCGGAFS-XIFFEERXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004768 irinotecan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical class C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003881 letrozole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HPJKCIUCZWXJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N letrozole Chemical compound C1=CC(C#N)=CC=C1C(N1N=CN=C1)C1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HPJKCIUCZWXJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001853 liver microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012153 long-term therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000002867 manganese chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003584 mesangial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000003228 microsomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100000219 mutagenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003505 mutagenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006610 n-decyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003935 n-pentoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical class N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTJSFYQNRXLOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecylsilane Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[SiH3] YTJSFYQNRXLOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001592 paclitaxel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamidronate Chemical compound NCCC(O)(P(O)(O)=O)P(O)(O)=O WRUUGTRCQOWXEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical class OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005327 perimidinyl group Chemical class N1C(=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical class N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonic acid group Chemical group P(O)(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091005981 phosphorylated proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N phosphoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)COP(O)(O)=O BZQFBWGGLXLEPQ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical class C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N picric acid Chemical class OC1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical class [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006410 propenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HLIBNTOXKQCYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylsulfamic acid Chemical compound CCCNS(O)(=O)=O HLIBNTOXKQCYMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002731 protein assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical class N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical class N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical class N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004550 quinolin-6-yl group Chemical group N1=CC=CC2=CC(=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical class N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091008598 receptor tyrosine kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000027426 receptor tyrosine kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026267 regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000003068 rheumatic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020341 sensory perception of pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001866 silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC(C)(C)[O-] MFRIHAYPQRLWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010041823 squamous cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000967 suction filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamic acid group Chemical class S(N)(O)(=O)=O IIACRCGMVDHOTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UDYFLDICVHJSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur trioxide-pyridine complex Substances O=S(=O)=O.C1=CC=NC=C1 UDYFLDICVHJSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N taxol Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@]2(C[C@@H](C(C)=C(C2(C)C)[C@H](C([C@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@H]3OC[C@]3([C@H]21)OC(C)=O)=O)OC(=O)C)OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(=O)C=1C=CC=CC=1)C=1C=CC=CC=1)O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RCINICONZNJXQF-MZXODVADSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YMBCJWGVCUEGHA-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylammonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC YMBCJWGVCUEGHA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran thf Chemical compound C1CCOC1.C1CCOC1 WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tfa trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F WROMPOXWARCANT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000575 trastuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WUOFQGMXQCSPPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyl(1,3-thiazol-2-yl)stannane Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)C1=NC=CS1 WUOFQGMXQCSPPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SANWDQJIWZEKOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyl(furan-2-yl)stannane Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)(CCCC)C1=CC=CO1 SANWDQJIWZEKOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical class [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroborane Chemical compound ClB(Cl)Cl FAQYAMRNWDIXMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001228 trophic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- YCOYDOIWSSHVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N vatalanib Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC(C1=CC=CC=C11)=NN=C1CC1=CC=NC=C1 YCOYDOIWSSHVCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000578 vatalanib Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XRASPMIURGNCCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N zoledronic acid Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)C(P(O)(O)=O)(O)CN1C=CN=C1 XRASPMIURGNCCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940002005 zometa Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
Definitions
- the invention relates to new phthalazine derivatives, processes for the preparation thereof, the application thereof in a process for the treatment of the human or animal body, the use thereof alone or in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active compounds for the treatment of a disease, especially of a disease that responds to the inhibition of tyrosine kinases, more especially the inhibition of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptor kinase, preferably the treatment of a proliferative disease, such as a tumour disease or a disease caused by ocular neovascularisation, such as age-related macula degeneration or diabetic retinopathy, or the treatment of inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid arthritis and/or pain; a method for the treatment of such disease in an animal, especially in a human, and the use of such a compound alone or in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active compounds for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical preparation for the treatment of said diseases in an animal, especially in humans.
- VGEF Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor
- the receptors for VEGF are trans-membranous receptor tyrosine kinases and have an extracellular domain and an intracellular tyrosine kinase domain.
- Various types are known, e.g. VEGFR-1, VEGFR-2, and VEGFR-3.
- Angiogenesis is regarded as an absolute prerequisite for those tumours which grow beyond a maximum diameter of about 1-2 mm; up to this limit, oxygen and nutrients may be supplied to the tumour cells by diffusion. Every tumour, regardless of its origin and its cause, is thus dependent on angiogenesis for its growth after it has reached a certain size.
- a number of publications and patent applications e.g. WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 and WO 01/10859, disclose certain phthalazine derivatives that are capable of VEGF receptor inhibition.
- CyP 450-dependent monoxygenases are a supergene family of enzymes that catalyse the oxidation of mainly lipophilic chemicals through the insertion of one atom from molecular oxygen into the substrate, resulting, for example, in aliphatic and aromatic hydroxylations and epoxidations of olefinic or aromatic double bonds, respectively. They can usually be found in the microsomal fraction of cell lysates.
- isoenzymes of CyP 450-depending monoxygenases are known in human, partially with overlapping, but often defined substrate specificities. In view of their amino acid sequences and their resulting substrate specificity and specific inducibility, the different isoenzymes are classified into different families. For the metabolism of xenobiotics, the families 1 to 4 are especially important, each of which is again subclassified into subfamilies (A, B, . . . ). Examples are CyP1A, CyP2C, CyP2D or CyP3A. Each of these subclasses is further split into sub-subclasses, e.g. Cyp2C8, Cyp2C9 or CyP3A4, and polymorphism may be present.
- the group of CyP 450-dependent enzymes has both harmful and beneficial activities. Metabolic conversion of xenobiotics to toxic, mutagenic and carcinogenic forms is a harmful activity. Detoxification of some drugs or the activation of drugs to their active form are examples of beneficial activities.
- two or more drugs are combined, for example in order to take advantage of synergistic effects or in the parallel treatment of two diseases at the same time.
- a possible disadvantage in such combination that the compounds may interfere with each other by mutual inhibition of metabolising enzymes, such as the Cyp 450 monoxygenases. This can lead to drastical changes in pharmacokinetics, leading to elevated levels of drugs the metabolism of which is inhibited by co-administered drugs, and may thus lead to adverse drug reactions, e.g. due to elevated toxicity of the unmetabolized drugs, or to inefficiency if only the metabolised drug is pharmaceutically active, etc.
- drugs may influence normal physiological processes by inhibiting normal biosynthetic or metabolic enzymes, thus interfering with biochemical processes in the living being. It is therefore desirable to design drugs that show no or low inhibition of CyP 450 hemoproteins.
- a novel advantageous class of phthalazine derivatives that especially display a low level of inhibition on enzymes that metabolise xenobiotics, especially drugs, preferably low inhibition of Cyp 450-dependent enzymes, thus inter alia allowing for predictably low interactions with other xenobiotics or substrates present in the body, better pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic behaviour, and/or display superior tyrosine kinase inhibiting properties, especially regarding the inhibition of VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase.
- phthalazine derivatives of formula I have advantageous pharmacological properties and show advantageous VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting activity, allowing inter alia treatment of VEGF-dependent cell proliferation, the treatment of especially inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, and/or of pain, or the other diseases mentioned above and below, especially at the same time showing lower levels of inhibition on enzymes that metabolise xenobiotics, especially of CyP 450-dependent enzymes, leading to more predictable pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic behaviour, especially in combination with xenobiotics present in food or drugs.
- the compounds of formula I permit thus a better therapeutic approach, especially for diseases in the treatment of which, and also for the prevention of which, an inhibition of angiogenesis and/or of the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase shows beneficial effects.
- the invention relates to a compound of the formula I,
- the prefix “lower” denotes a radical having up to and including a maximum of 7, especially up to and including a maximum of 4 carbon atoms, the radicals in question being either linear or branched with single or multiple branching.
- Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)-configuration.
- the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
- the present invention relates also to possible tautomers of the compounds of formula I.
- an oxo substituent Q may display tautomerism of the following kind:
- a ring of the partial formula IA (forming a part of the formula I)
- each of A, B, D and E is CH, T is N, Q is oxo in 2-position relatively to the N, r is one, and Q′ and t are as defined for a compound of formula I above, may show the following tautomerism:
- a ring of the partial formula IA wherein each of A, B, E and T is CH, D is N, Q is oxo in 6-position relatively to the N and r is one, may show the following tautomerism:
- a compound of the formula I may be present in the form of a pure tautomer or a mixture of tautomers.
- the index r in formula I is preferably 1.
- Q is preferably oxo.
- Q′ is preferably halogen or NHR Q , wherein R Q represents lower alkyl; thiazolyl or furyl. Q′ is most preferably bound to a carbon atom and located in ⁇ -position to the radical Q.
- the index n in formula I is preferably 0 or 1, or it is 2 or 3.
- R 1 and R 2 together form a bridge of subformula I*.
- the index m is preferably 0, 1, or 2.
- m is preferably 0 or 1, most preferably 0.
- the ring member T 2 or T 3 is preferably nitrogen, and each of the other ring members are CH.
- ring members A, B, D, E and T in formula I not more than 3 may be N, and the remainder are CH.
- A, D or T is N, while the remaining of the ring members A, B, D, E and T are CH, respectively.
- each of B, D, E and T is CH, while A is N.
- Lower alkylene, C 2 -C 6 alkylene and C 2 -C 6 alkenylene G may be branched or, preferably, unbranched and are in particular methylene (where lower alkylene is encompassed) or C 2 -C 4 alkylene or C 2 -C 4 alkenylene, above all ethylene (—CH 2 —CH 2 —), ethenylene, (—CH ⁇ CH—), propenylene (—CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —), propylene (—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —) or tetramethylene (—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —).
- G is preferably in particular methylene or in a broader aspect of the invention ethylene, ethenylene or propylene.
- Acyl is preferably arylcarbonyl, wherein aryl is as defined below, in particular benzoyl, or lower alkanoyl, especially acetyl.
- Lower alkylene substituted by hydroxy is especially hydroxymethylene; C 2 -C 6 alkylene substituted by hydroxy is preferably hydroxyethylene (—CH 2 —CH(OH)).
- Lower alkyl is especially C 1 -C 4 alkyl, e.g. n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or especially methyl or also ethyl.
- Aryl is preferably an aromatic radical having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, especially phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl or phenanthrenyl, the radicals defined above being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, preferably up to three, especially one or two substituents, especially selected from the group consisting of amino, mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, such as ethenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, especially N-methylcarbamoyl or N-tert-butylcarbamoyl; amidino, guanidino, mercapto, lower alkylthio, such as
- aryl is phenyl preferably substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, in particular methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl or t-butyl; halogen, in particular fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; lower alkoxy, in particular ethoxy; and halogen lower alkyl, in particular trifluoromethyl; special preference being for substitution by one or two substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, in particular methyl or t-butyl; halogen, in particular chlorine; and halogen lower alkyl, in particular trifluoromethyl; or that (especially in a novel compound of the formula I) aryl is napthyl, especially 2-naphthyl.
- Heteroaryl is preferably a heterocyclic radical unsaturated in the bonding ring and is preferably monocyclic or in a broader sense bicyclic or tricyclic; wherein at least in the ring bonding to the radical of the molecule of formula I one or more, preferably one to four, especially one or two carbon atoms of a corresponding aryl radical are substituted by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, the bonding ring preferably having 4 to 12, especially 5 to 7 ring atoms; or is a saturated analogue of such an unsaturated heteroaryl; heteroaryl being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, especially 1 to 3, independently selected from the group consisting of the substituents defined above as substituents of aryl; and especially being a heteroaryl radical selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, thianthrenyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzofuranyl,
- Mono- or disubstituted amino is especially amino substituted by one or two radicals selected independently of one another from alkyl, especially lower alkyl, such as methyl; hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as 2-hydroxyethyl; halogen-lower alkyl; amino-lower alkyl; N-lower alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-di-lower alkylamino-alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl; N-lower alkanoylamino-alkyl; N,N-di-lower alkanoylamino-alkyl; cyanoalkyl; carboxyalkyl; lower-alkoxycarbonylalkyl; phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylalkyl; lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl; benzoyl; substituted benzoyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one
- Halo or halogen is above all fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine.
- Alkyl (alone or as part of radicals, e.g. halogenalkyl or the like) has preferably up to a maximum of 12 carbon atoms and is especially lower alkyl, especially methyl, or also ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or tert-butyl.
- Substituted alkyl is alkyl as last defined, especially lower alkyl, preferably methyl; where one or more, especially up to three, substituents may be present, primarily from the group selected from halogen, especially fluorine, and also from amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, N-lower alkanoylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl. Trifluoromethyl is especially preferred. In a novel compound of the formula I, methyl is especially preferred.
- Aryl-lower alkyl is lower alkyl that is substituted (preferably terminally) by aryl as defined above.
- Heteroaryl-lower alkyl is lower alkyl that is substituted (preferably terminally) by heteroaryl as defined above.
- Optionally substituted saturated heterocyclyl is preferably a saturated analogue of heteroaryl as described above which is unsubstituted or substituted as described for heteroaryl.
- Etherified hydroxy is especially C 8 -C 20 alkyloxy, such as n-decyloxy, lower alkoxy (preferred), such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, or n-pentyloxy, phenyl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, or also phenyloxy, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous group halogen-lower alkyloxy, such as trifluoromethyloxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy.
- halogen-lower alkyloxy such as trifluoromethyloxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy.
- Esterified hydroxy is especially lower alkanoyloxy, benzoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as tert-butoxycarbonyloxy, or phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as benzyloxycarbonyloxy.
- Esterified carboxy is especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl, or further methoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or phenyloxycarbonyl.
- Alkanoyl is above all alkylcarbonyl, especially lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl.
- N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl is especially substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, especially methyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or hydroxy-lower alkyl, at the terminal nitrogen atom.
- Alkylphenylthio is especially lower alkylphenylthio.
- Alkylphenylsulfinyl is especially lower alkylphenylsulfinyl.
- Halo-lower alkylthio is preferably trifluoromethylthio.
- Halo-lower alkanesulfonyl is preferably trifluoromethylsulfonyl.
- Pyrazolyl is preferably pyrazol-3-yl
- lower alkylpyrazolyl is preferably 1-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl.
- C 2 -C 7 -Alkenyl is preferably vinyl.
- Unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl has 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, and is preferably C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted in the same way as aryl, especially as defined for phenyl. Cyclohexyl, in a broader sense cyclopentyl or cyclopropyl, are preferred.
- Cycloalkenyl is a non-aromatic unsaturated carbocycle that contains between 3 and 12, preferably 3 to 8, carbon atoms and up to three double bonds, with the proviso that cycloalkenyl groups that differ from aromatics by lacking only one double bond (such as cyclohexadiene) which are not sufficiently non-reactive are not comprised.
- Heterocyclyl is especially a five or six-membered heterocyclic system with 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, which may be unsaturated or wholly or partly saturated, and is unsubstituted or substituted, especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl; a radical selected from 2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 1H-pyrazol-3-yl, and 1-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl is preferred.
- Aryl in the form of phenyl which is substituted by lower alkylene dioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylene dioxy, is preferably 3,4-methylene dioxyphenyl.
- bonds in subformula I* characterized by wavy lines are present either as single or as double bonds.
- both at the same time are either single or double bonds. It is especially preferred when both are double bonds at the same time.
- N-oxide of a compound of formula I is preferably an N-oxide in which a phthalazine-ring nitrogen or a nitrogen in the ring with ring members A, B, D, and E carries an oxygen atom, or several of said nitrogen atoms carry an oxygen atom. Preferred are compounds without N-oxide moiety.
- Salts are especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide or tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof).
- Such salts are formed, for example, as acid addition salts, preferably with organic or inorganic acids, from compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide or tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof) with a basic nitrogen atom, especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- Suitable inorganic acids are, for example, halogen acids, such as hydrochloric acid; sulfuric acid; or phosphoric acid.
- Suitable organic acids are, for example, carboxylic, phosphonic, sulfonic or sulfamic acids, for example acetic acid, propionic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 2-hydroxybutyric acid, gluconic acid, glucosemono-carboxylic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, glucaric acid, galactaric acid, amino acids, such as glutamic acid, aspartic acid, N-methylglycine, acetylaminoacetic acid, N-acetylasparagine or N-acetylcysteine, pyruvic acid, acetoacetic acid, phosphoserine, 2- or 3-glycerophosphoric acid, maleic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, methylmaleic acid
- salts may also be formed with bases, e.g. metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as tertiary monoamines, for example triethylamine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or heterocyclic bases, for example N-ethyl-piperidine or N,N′-dimethylpiperazine.
- bases e.g. metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as tertiary monoamines, for example triethylamine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or heterocyclic bases, for example N-ethyl-piperidine or N,N′-dimethylpiperazine.
- a compound of formula I (or an N-oxide or tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof) may also form internal salts.
- any reference hereinbefore and hereinafter to compounds of the formula I is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding N-oxides, tautomers of compounds of the formula I or their N-oxides, tautomeric mixtures of compounds of the formula I or their N-oxides, or salts of any of these, as appropriate and expedient and if not mentioned otherwise.
- the compounds of formula I have valuable pharmacological properties, as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
- Test for activity against VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase the test is conducted using Flt-1 VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase.
- the detailed procedure is as follows: 30 ⁇ l kinase solution (10 ng of the kinase domain of Flt-1, Shibuya et al., Oncogene 5, 519-24 [1990]) in 20 mM Tris.HCl pH 7.6, 3 mM manganese dichloride (MnCl 2 ), 3 mM magnesium chloride (MgCl 2 ) and 3 ⁇ g/ml poly(Glu,Tyr) 4:1 (Sigma, Buchs, Switzerland), 8 ⁇ M [ 33 P]-ATP (0.2 ⁇ Ci/batch), 1% dimethyl sulfoxide, and 0 to 50 ⁇ M of the compound to be tested are incubated together for 15 minutes at room temperature.
- the reaction is then ended by the addition of 10 ⁇ l 0.25 M ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA) pH 7.
- EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetate
- LAB SYSTEMS LAB SYSTEMS, USA
- IC 50 -values are determined by linear regression analysis of the percentages for the inhibition of each compound in three concentrations (as a rule 0.01, 0.1, and 1 ⁇ M).
- inhibitory concentrations IC 50 with 50% maximum inhibition versus control without inhibitory substance of formula I
- IC 50 with 50% maximum inhibition versus control without inhibitory substance of formula I in the range 10 nmol/litre to 100 ⁇ mol/litre are found here, especially in the range 10 to 2000 nmol/litre.
- tumour cells human epithelial cell line A-431; American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md., USA, Catalogue Number ATCC CRL 1555; cell line from an 85-year-old woman; epidermoid carcinoma cell line
- Tumour fragments (about 25 mg) are implanted subcutaneously in the left flank of the animals using a 13-gauge trocar needle under Forene® anaesthesia (Abbott, Switzerland). Treatment with the test compound is started as soon as the tumour has reached a mean volume of 100 mm 3 . Tumour growth is measured two to three times a week and 24 hours after the last treatment by determining the length of two perpendicular axes. The tumour volumes are calculated in accordance with published methods (see Evans et al., Brit. J. Cancer 45, 466-8 [1982]).
- the antitumour efficacy is determined as the mean increase in tumour volume of the treated animals divided by the mean increase in tumour volume of the untreated animals (controls) and, after multiplication by 100, is expressed as T/C %.
- Tumour regression (given in %) is reported as the smallest mean tumour volume in relation to the mean tumour volume at the start of treatment.
- the test compound is administered daily by gavage. In vivo tumor inhibition can e.g. be found at around 10 to 200 mg/kg and day.
- cell line A-431 other cell lines may also be used in the same manner, for example the MCF-7 breast adenocarcinoma cell line, the MDA-MB 468 breast adenocarcinoma cell line, the MDA-MB 231 breast adenocarcinoma cell line, the Colo 205 colon carcinoma cell line, the HCT 116 colon carcinoma cell line, the DU145 prostate carcinoma cell line DU 145 or the PC-3 prostate carcinoma cell line PC-3
- transfected CHO cells which permanently express human VEGF receptor (KDR)
- KDR human VEGF receptor
- FCS fetal calf serum
- the compounds to be tested are then diluted in culture medium (without FCS, with 0.1% bovine serum albumin) and added to the cells. (Controls comprise medium without test compounds). After two hours' incubation at 37° C., recombinant VEGF is added; the final VEGF concentration is 20 ng/ml).
- the cells are washed twice with ice-cold PBS (phosphate-buffered saline) and immediately lysed in 100 ⁇ l lysis buffer per well.
- the lysates are then centrifuged to remove the cell nuclei, and the protein concentrations of the supernatants are determined using a commercial protein assay (BIORAD).
- BIORAD commercial protein assay
- a sandwich ELISA is carried out to measure the KDR-receptor phosphorylation: a monoclonal antibody to KDR (for example Mab 1495.12.14; prepared by H. Towbin) is immobilized on black ELISA plates (OptiPlateTM HTRF-96 from Packard). The plates are then washed and the remaining free protein-binding sites are saturated with 1% BSA in PBS. The cell lysates (20 ⁇ g protein per well) are then incubated overnight at 4° C. with an antiphosphotyrosine antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase (PY20:AP from Transduction Laboratories).
- KDR KDR-receptor phosphorylation
- the binding of the antiphosphotyrosine antibody is then demonstrated using a luminescent AP substrate (CDP-Star, ready to use, with Emerald II; TROPIX).
- CDP-Star Click-through AP substrate
- the luminescence is measured in a Packard Top Count Microplate Scintillation Counter (Top Count).
- Top Count Packard Top Count Microplate Scintillation Counter
- the activity of the tested substances is calculated as % inhibition of VEGF-induced KDR-receptor phosphorylation, wherein the concentration of substance that induces half the maximum inhibition is defined as the ED50 (effective dose for 50% inhibition).
- Compounds of formula I here preferably show ED50 values in the range of 5 nM to 10 ⁇ M.
- Compounds of formula I inhibit to varying degrees also other tyrosine kinases involved in signal transduction which are mediated by trophic factors, for example AbI kinase, kinases from the Src family, especially c-Src kinase, Lck, and Fyn; or in a broader sense kinases of the EGF family, for example, c-erbB2 kinase (HER-2), c-erbB3 kinase, c-erbB4 kinase; insulin-like growth factor receptor kinase (IGF-1 kinase), especially members of the PDGF-receptor tyrosine kinase family, such as PDGF-receptor kinase, CSF-1-receptor kinase, Kit-receptor kinase and VEGF-receptor kinase, especially KDR and Flk, and the angiopoetin 1
- the respective assays can be done utilizing the respective tyrosine kinase expressed as GST-fusion protein using the baculovirus system.
- the respective kinases are purified via a glutathione-Sepharose column and utilized to determine the IC 50 s for the compounds.
- c-erbB2 tyrosine kinase HER-2
- the inhibition of c-erbB2 tyrosine kinase can be measured, for example, in the same way as the inhibition of EGF-R protein kinase (see House et al., Europ. J. Biochem. 140, 363-7 [1984]).
- the erbB2 kinase can be isolated, and its activity determined, using methods known per se (see Akiyama et al., Science 232, 1644 [1986]).
- an inhibitory effect can also be found on PDGF-receptor kinase, which is determined according to the method described by Trinks et al. (see J. Med. Chem. 37(7): 1015-27 [1994]).
- a compound of formula I is appropriate for the treatment of inflammatory (especially rheumatic or rheumatoid) diseases and/or pain.
- the compounds of the formula I according to the invention also show therapeutic efficacy especially against other disorders dependent on protein kinase, especially proliferative diseases.
- the compounds according to the invention primarily inhibit the growth of blood vessels and are thus, for example, effective against a number of diseases associated with deregulated angiogenesis, especially diseases caused by ocular neovascularisation, especially retinopathies, such as diabetic retinopathy or age-related macula degeneration, psoriasis, haemangio-blastoma, such as haemangioma, mesangial cell proliferative disorders, such as chronic or acute renal diseases, e.g.
- diseases associated with deregulated angiogenesis especially diseases caused by ocular neovascularisation, especially retinopathies, such as diabetic retinopathy or age-related macula degeneration, psoriasis, haemangio-blastoma, such as haemangioma, mesangial cell proliferative disorders, such as chronic or acute renal diseases, e.g.
- diabetic nephropathy malignant nephrosclerosis, thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes or transplant rejection, or especially inflammatory renal disease, such as glomerulonephritis, especially mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis, haemolyticuraemic syndrome, diabetic nephropathy, hypertensive nephrosclerosis, atheroma, arterial restenosis, autoimmune diseases, acute inflammation, fibrotic disorders (e.g.
- a compound of formula I inhibits the growth of tumours and is especially suited to preventing the metastatic spread of tumours and the growth of micrometastases.
- a compound of formula I can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic agents.
- a compound of formula I can besides or in addition be administered for example in the case of tumour therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these.
- Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described above.
- Other possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumour regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
- Therapeutic agents for possible combination are especially one or more antiproliferative, cytostatic or cytotoxic compounds, for example a chemotherapeutic agent or several agents selected from the group which includes, but is not limited to, an inhibitor of polyamine biosynthesis, an inhibitor of a protein kinase, especially of a serine/threonine protein kinase, such as protein kinase C, or of a tyrosine protein kinase, such as the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g. PKI166, the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g. PTK787, or the PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g.
- a chemotherapeutic agent for example a chemotherapeutic agent or several agents selected from the group which includes, but is not limited to, an inhibitor of polyamine biosynthesis, an inhibitor of a protein kinase, especially of a serine/thre
- STI571 a cytokine, a negative growth regulator, such as TGF- ⁇ or IFN- ⁇ , an aromatase inhibitor, e.g. letrozole or anastrozole, an inhibitor of the interaction of an SH2 domain with a phosphorylated protein, antiestrogens, topoisomerase I inhibitors, such as irinotecan, topoisomerase II inhibitors, microtubule active agents, e.g.
- paclitaxel paclitaxel, discodermolide or an epothilone, alkylating agents, antineoplastic antimetabolites, such as gemcitabine or capecitabine, platin compounds, such as carboplatin or cisplatin, anti-angiogenic compounds, gonadorelin agonists, anti-androgens, bisphosphonates, e.g. AREDIA® or ZOMETA®, and trastuzumab.
- the structure of the active agents identified by code nos., generic or trade names may be taken from the actual edition of the standard compendium “The Merck Index” or from databases, e.g. Patents International (e.g. IMS World Publications). The corresponding content thereof is hereby incorporated by reference.
- the compounds of formula I are especially appropriate for combination therapy and show especially low interference with other xenobiotics from e.g. food or especially drug administration as they display the advantage of low inhibition of metabolising enzymes, especially monoxygenases, preferably the CyP 450-dependent monoxygenases.
- Human liver microsomes or high level expression of cDNAs encoding Cytochrome P450 in insect cells provide a flexible source of materials for several in vitro measurement methods.
- a microtiter plate-based, direct fluorometric assay for the activities of any one or more of the principal drug metabolizing enzymes CYP1A2, CYP2C8, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, CYP2D6 and/or CYP3A4 is used in order to assess the potential for drug candidates to inhibit cytochrome P450.
- Fluorescent marker substrates are incubated at concentrations close to their Michaelis-Menten affinity constant, Km. Inhibitors are tested in the 1 to 10 ⁇ M concentration range.
- 50% inhibition concentration (IC50 values) are estimated by non-linear regression of a two parameter model equation where the lower data limit is 0, i.e. the data are background corrected, and the upper data limit is 100, i.e. the data are range corrected. The equation assumes that y falls with increasing x. A relatively high standard error associated with IC50 values suggests that the regression does not fit the data very well. Extrapolation or interpolation of IC50 values beyond the concentration range studied are not provided.
- the potential drug interaction is predicted with the following criterion: If the estimated apparent IC50 used is less than 1 ⁇ mol/l, the test compound has a potential drug interaction which should be investigated in more detail, if, on the other hand, the estimated IC50 is greater than 1 ⁇ mol/l, the test compound has a potential for drug interactions only if human therapeutic in vivo concentrations are likely to be in the IC50 range.
- 3-cyano-7-ethoxycoumarin is used as fluorescent substrate for CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19 and CYP2D6, 7-methoxy-4-trifluoromethylcoumarin is used for CYP2C9, resorufin benzyl ether for CYP3A4, 3-82-(N,N-diethyl-N-methylammonium)ethyl]-7-methoxy-4-methylcoumarin for CYP2D6.
- the compound of formula I, salts, tautomers or tautomer mixtures thereof show lower inhibition of CyP 450 isoenzymes; e.g. in the case of CyP 3A4, CyP2C8 and CyP2C9, a compound without substituent Q shows a higher inhibition by a factor of 2 or more when compared with a compound bearing an alkoxy or especially an oxo substituent, usually with 1 ⁇ M or higher IC50.
- a compound of formula I is not only useful for the (prophylactic and preferably therapeutic) management of humans, but also for the treatment of other warm-blooded animals, for example of commercially useful animals, for example rodents, such as mice, rabbits or rats, or guinea-pigs. Such a compound may also be used as a reference standard in the test systems described above to permit a comparison with other compounds.
- the invention relates also to the use of a compound of formula I for the inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase activity.
- a compound of formula I may also be used for diagnostic purposes, for example with tumours that have been obtained from warm-blooded animal “hosts”, especially humans, and implanted into mice to test them for decreases in growth after treatment with such a compound, in order to investigate their sensitivity to said compound and thus to improve the detection and determination of possible therapeutic methods for neoplastic diseases in the original host.
- the present invention pertains in particular to compounds of the formula I wherein
- Preferred is a compound of formula I, wherein Q is O, with the proviso that the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom; and the other symbols have the meaning described for compounds of formula I above; an N-oxide of said compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom; or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
- a compound of the formula I may be prepared by processes known per se for other compounds, especially by or in analogy to any of the methods described in WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 or WO 01/10859, which are therefore incorporated by reference herewith, especially
- n, R a , R a ′, X, and Y are as defined for a compound of formula I; wherein in compounds of formulae I, II and/or III functional groups which shall not participate in the reaction are present in protected form where necessary, and removing any protective groups present, whereas said starting compounds may also be present in the form of salts if a salt-forming group is present and the reaction in salt form is possible; and, if so desired, converting an obtainable compound of formula I into another compound of formula I, converting a free compound of formula I into a salt, converting an obtainable salt of a compound of formula into the free compound or another salt, and/or separating a mixture of isomeric compounds of formula I thereof into the individual isomers, the term “compound of formula I” in the present paragraph being understood to be directed to the compounds of formula I, its N-oxides, and/or tautomers or mixtures of tautomers of any of these.
- r, n, t, A, B, D, E, T, G, Q, Q′, R a , R a ′, R 1 , R 2 , X and Y are as defined for compounds of formula I, unless otherwise indicated.
- a nucleofugal leaving group L is especially halogen, above all bromine, especially chlorine or iodine.
- the reaction between the compound of formula II and the compound of formula III takes place in suitable, inert polar solvents, especially alcohols, e.g. lower alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol or n-butanol, in the presence of cyclic ethers, especially dioxane, or in the presence of mixtures of one or more alcohols with one or more cyclic ether, e.g. in isopropanol/dioxane mixtures; or in a melt without the addition of a solvent, especially if one of the reaction partners is present in liquid form.
- suitable, inert polar solvents especially alcohols, e.g. lower alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol or n-butanol
- cyclic ethers especially dioxane
- mixtures of one or more alcohols with one or more cyclic ether e.g. in isopropan
- the compound of formula III may also be used as a salt, for example as an acid addition salt with a strong acid, such as a hydrogen halide, for example as a hydrochloride salt, or the corresponding acid, for example hydrochloric acid, can be added in a suitable solvent, for example an ether, such as dioxane.
- a strong acid such as a hydrogen halide, for example as a hydrochloride salt
- a suitable solvent for example an ether, such as dioxane.
- the reaction is preferably allowed to proceed in presence or absence of an inert solvent, such as toluene, in the presence of a base, especially a nitrogen base, such as tributylamine, or an alkalimetal carbonate, such as dipotassium carbonate, in the presence of catalytic amounts of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphin)-palladium, at elevated temperature, e.g. at 80 to 115° C.
- an inert solvent such as toluene
- a base especially a nitrogen base, such as tributylamine, or an alkalimetal carbonate, such as dipotassium carbonate
- functional groups of the starting compounds which should not take part in the reaction may be present in unprotected form or may be protected for example by one or more of the protecting groups mentioned hereinabove.
- the protecting groups are then wholly or partly removed according to one of the methods described.
- one or more other functional groups for example carboxy, hydroxy, amino, or mercapto, are or need to be protected in a compound of formulae II or III, because they should not take part in the reaction, these are such as are usually used in the synthesis of peptide compounds, cephalosporins or penicillins, as well as nucleic acid derivatives and sugars.
- the protecting groups may already be present in precursors and should protect the functional groups concerned against unwanted secondary reactions, such as acylations, etherifications, esterifications, oxidations, solvolysis, and similar reactions. In certain cases, the protecting groups may, in addition to this protection, effect a selective, typically stereoselective, course of reactions.
- protecting groups that they lend themselves readily, i.e. without undesired secondary reactions, to removal, typically by solvolysis, reduction, photolysis or also by enzyme activity, for example under conditions analogous to physiological conditions, and that they are not present in the end-products.
- a person skilled in the art knows, or can easily establish, which protecting groups are suitable with the reactions mentioned hereinabove and hereinafter.
- Salts of a compound of formula I (or an N-oxide, a tautomer or a mixture of tautomers thereof) with a salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se. Acid addition salts may thus be obtained by treatment with an acid or with a suitable anion exchange reagent.
- a salt with two acid molecules may also be converted into a salt with one acid molecule per compound (for example a monohalogenide); this may be done by heating to a melt, or for example by heating as a solid under a high vacuum at elevated temperature, for example from 130 to 170° C., one molecule of the acid being expelled per molecule of a compound according to the invention.
- Salts can usually be converted to free compounds, e.g. by treating with suitable basic agents, for example with alkali metal carbonates, hydrogencarbonates, or hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide.
- Stereoisomeric mixtures e.g. mixtures of diastereomers
- Diastereomeric mixtures for example may be separated into their individual diastereomers by means of fractionated crystallization, chromatography, solvent distribution, and similar procedures. This separation may take place either at the level of one of the starting compounds or in a compound of formula I itself.
- Enantiomers may be separated through the formation of diastereomeric salts, for example by salt formation with an enantiomer-pure chiral acid, or by means of chromatography, for example by HPLC, using chromatographic substrates with chiral ligands.
- a compound of formula I wherein Q is oxo is prepared from a compound wherein Q is lower alkoxy (obtainable by the process shown above or in analogy to the methods described in WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 or WO 01/10859) by reacting a tri-lower alkylsilylhalogenide, especially -iodide, most preferably trimethylsilyl-iodide, in an appropriate solvent, especially a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as trichloromethane or methylenechloride, at elevated temperature, e.g. at a temperature between 30° C.
- a base such as a nitrogen base or especially a metal carbonate or metal hydrogen carbonate, such as an alkali metal carbonate or -hydrogen carbonate, in a mixture of water, an alcohol, especially methanol, and an ester, especially a lower alkyl-alkanoate, preferably ethyl acetate, preferably at a temperature between 0 and 50° C., e.g. at ambient temperature.
- ether cleavage can make use of Lewis acids, such as BF 3 , BCl 3 , (CH 3 ) 2 B—Br, BBr 3 or AlCl 3 (see e.g. Jerry March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry—Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure”, 4 th edition, Wiley-Interscience 1992), page 434, and references cited therein).
- the invention relates also to those forms of the process in which one starts from a compound obtainable at any stage as an intermediate and carries out the missing steps, or breaks off the process at any stage, or forms a starting material under the reaction conditions, or uses said starting material in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produces a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention and processes said compound in situ.
- a compound of formula I is prepared according to or in analogy to the processes and process steps defined in the Examples.
- the compounds according to the invention are also obtainable in the form of hydrates, or their crystals can include for example the solvent used for crystallization (present as solvates).
- compositions that comprise a compound of formula I as active ingredient and that can be used especially in the treatment of the diseases mentioned at the beginning.
- Compositions for enteral administration such as nasal, buccal, rectal or, especially, oral administration, and for parenteral administration, such as intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous administration, to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, are especially preferred.
- the compositions comprise the active ingredient (a compound of the formula I, ist N-oxide, tautomers or tautomer mixtures of any of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of these) alone or, preferably, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the dosage of the active ingredient depends upon the disease to be treated and upon the species, its age, weight, and individual condition, the individual pharmacokinetic data, and the mode of administration.
- the invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions for use in a method for the prophylactic or especially therapeutic management of the human or animal body, to a process for the preparation thereof (especially in the form of compositions for the treatment of tumours) and to a method of treating tumour diseases, especially those mentioned above, where a compound of the formula I is used.
- the invention relates also to processes and to the use of compounds of formula I for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations which comprise compounds of formula I as active component (active ingredient).
- the said pharmaceutical preparations may also, if so desired, comprise other active components, for example cytostatic agents, and/or be used in combination with known therapeutic methods, for example the administration of hormones or irradiation.
- active components for example cytostatic agents, and/or be used in combination with known therapeutic methods, for example the administration of hormones or irradiation.
- Preference is for a pharmaceutical preparation which is suitable for administration to a warm-blooded animal, especially humans or commercially useful mammals suffering from an inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease and/or pain, or a disease which responds to an inhibition of angiogenesis or of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase, for example psoriasis or especially a neoplastic disease, comprising an effective quantity of a compound of formula I for the inhibition of angiogenesis or of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, if salt-forming groups are present, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical compositions comprise from approximately 1% to approximately 95% active ingredient, single-dose administration forms comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 20% to approximately 90% active ingredient and forms that are not of single-dose type comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 5% to approximately 20% active ingredient.
- Unit dose forms are, for example, coated and uncoated tablets, ampoules, vials, suppositories, or capsules. Examples are capsules containing from about 0.05 g to about 1.0 g of active substance.
- compositions of the present invention are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional mixing, granulating, coating, dissolving or lyophilizing processes.
- compositions for oral administration can be obtained, for example, by combining the active ingredient with one or more solid carriers, if need be granulating a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture or granules, if desired, to form tablets or tablet cores, if need be by the inclusion of additional excipients.
- Suitable carriers are especially fillers, such as sugars, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates, and also binders, such as starches, methylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or disintegrators.
- Additional excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof and/or polyethylene glycol, or derivatives thereof.
- Tablet cores may be provided with suitable coatings.
- Orally administrable pharmaceutical compositions also include hard capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticiser, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
- the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquid excipients, such as fatty oils.
- Suitable rectally administrable pharmaceutical compositions are, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a suppository base.
- aqueous solutions suitable for parenteral administration are especially those of an active ingredient in water-soluble form, for example in the form of a water-soluble salt, or aqueous injection suspensions that contain viscosity-increasing substances. Solutions such as are used for parenteral administration can also be employed as infusion solutions.
- the invention relates likewise to a process or a method for the treatment of one of the pathological conditions mentioned hereinabove, especially an inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid disease and/or pain, or a disease which responds to an inhibition of the VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or an inhibition of angiogenesis, especially a corresponding neoplastic disease or also psoriasis.
- the compounds of formula I can be administered as such or in the form of pharmaceutical compositions, prophylactically or therapeutically, preferably in an amount effective against said diseases, to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, requiring such treatment, the compounds especially being used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions.
- the daily dose administered is from approximately 0.1 g to approximately 5 g, preferably from approximately 0.5 g to approximately 2 g, of a compound of formula I.
- the present invention relates especially also to the use of a compound of formula I (in this paragraph meaning the compound of formula I, an N-oxide thereof, or a tautomer or tautomeric mixture of any of these), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound of formula I which is said to be preferred, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as such or in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for the therapeutic and also prophylactic management of one or more of the diseases mentioned hereinabove, preferably an inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid disease and/or pain, or especially a disease which responds to an inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or an inhibition of angiogenesis, especially a neoplastic disease or also psoriasis, above all if said disease responds to an inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or angiogenesis.
- diseases mentioned hereinabove preferably an inflammatory
- the present invention relates especially also to the use of a compound of formula I as defined in the last paragraph, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound of formula I which is said to be preferred, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation for the therapeutic and also prophylactic management of one or more of the diseases mentioned hereinabove, especially a rheumatic or rheumatoid inflammatory disease and/or pain, or especially a neoplastic disease or also psoriasis, above all if the disease responds to an inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or angiogenesis.
- the preferred dose quantity, composition, and preparation of pharmaceutical formulations (medicines) to be used in each case are described above.
- New starting materials and/or transients, as well as processes for the preparation thereof, are likewise the subject of this invention.
- such starting materials are used and reaction conditions so selected as to enable the preferred compounds to be obtained.
- the starting materials of formulae II and III are known, capable of being prepared according to known processes, or commercially obtainable; in particular, they can be prepared using processes as described in the Examples.
- a compound of formula II, wherein G is —CH 2 — and the remaining symbols are as defined under formula I, can be prepared for example by reacting an aldehyde of formula IV,
- R 1 and R 2 are as defined for a compound of formula I and Hal is halogen, especially Cl, in the presence of an appropriate solvent, e.g. an ether, especially tetrahydrofurane, and a tertiary amine, especially triethylamine, preferably at lowered temperature, e.g. between ⁇ 10 and 15° C., resulting in a lactone compound of the formula VI,
- an appropriate solvent e.g. an ether, especially tetrahydrofurane, and a tertiary amine, especially triethylamine
- R 1 , R 2 , A, B, D, E, Q′, T, t and r have the meanings given under formula I and Q is lower alkoxy, which compound is then converted by reaction with hydrazine (preferably in the form of ist hydrate), preferably in the presence of a solvent or solvent mixture, such as a cyclic ether, especially tetrahydrofuran, and/or water, at an elevated temperature, preferably between 50° C. and reflux temperature, to the corresponding phthalazine analogue of the formula VII,
- the starting materials of formula IV are known, capable of being prepared according to known processes, or commercially obtainable; in particular, they can be prepared using processes in analogy to those described in the Examples.
- the starting materials are prepared as follows:
- the starting materials are prepared as follows:
- the starting materials are prepared as follows:
- the starting materials are prepared as follows:
- the starting materials are obtained as follows:
- 3-bromo-4-(tert-butyl)-aniline is obtained by hydrogenation of 3-bromo-4-(tert-butyl)-nitrobenzene (Maybridge).
- the starting materials are prepared as follows:
- the starting material is prepared as follows:
- 1-(4-tert-Butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(thiazol-2-yl)-6-hydroxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine can be obtained analogously to Ex. 18 from 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(thiazol-2-yl)-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine by deprotection with Me 3 SiI.
- the starting material is prepared as follows:
- the starting material is prepared as follows:
- the starting material is prepared as follows:
- the test is conducted using Flt-1 VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase, as described hereinabove.
- the IC 50 values determined are given below, insofar as they have been accurately determined:
- Example 2 d) Title compound from Example IC 50 ( ⁇ mol) Example 1 d) 1.2 Example 2 d) 1.9
- Preparation process The pulverized active ingredient is suspended in Lauroglykol® (propylene glycol laurate, Gattefossé S. A., Saint Priest, France) and ground in a wet pulverizer to produce a particle size of about 1 to 3 ⁇ m. Then 0.419 g portions of the mixture are introduced into soft gelatin capsules using a capsule-filling machine.
- Lauroglykol® propylene glycol laurate, Gattefossé S. A., Saint Priest, France
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
The invention relates to new phthalazine derivatives, processes for the preparation thereof, the application thereof in a process for the treatment of the human or animal body, the use thereof alone or in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active compounds for the treatment of a disease, especially of a disease that responds to the inhibition of tyrosine kinases, more especially the inhibition of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptor kinase, preferably the treatment of a proliferative disease, such as a tumour disease.
Description
- The invention relates to new phthalazine derivatives, processes for the preparation thereof, the application thereof in a process for the treatment of the human or animal body, the use thereof alone or in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active compounds for the treatment of a disease, especially of a disease that responds to the inhibition of tyrosine kinases, more especially the inhibition of the vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) receptor kinase, preferably the treatment of a proliferative disease, such as a tumour disease or a disease caused by ocular neovascularisation, such as age-related macula degeneration or diabetic retinopathy, or the treatment of inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid arthritis and/or pain; a method for the treatment of such disease in an animal, especially in a human, and the use of such a compound alone or in combination with one or more other pharmaceutically active compounds for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical preparation for the treatment of said diseases in an animal, especially in humans.
- The angiogenic factor known as “Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor” (VGEF), along with its cellular receptors, lies at the centre of the network regulating the growth and differentiation of the vascular system and its components, both during embryonic development and normal growth and in a wide number of pathological anomalies and diseases (see Breier, G., et al., Trends in Cell Biology 6, 454-6 [1996] and references cited therein). A number of isoforms of VEGF are known which show comparable biological activity, but differ in the type cells that secrete them and in their heparin-binding capacity. The receptors for VEGF are trans-membranous receptor tyrosine kinases and have an extracellular domain and an intracellular tyrosine kinase domain. Various types are known, e.g. VEGFR-1, VEGFR-2, and VEGFR-3.
- Angiogenesis is regarded as an absolute prerequisite for those tumours which grow beyond a maximum diameter of about 1-2 mm; up to this limit, oxygen and nutrients may be supplied to the tumour cells by diffusion. Every tumour, regardless of its origin and its cause, is thus dependent on angiogenesis for its growth after it has reached a certain size. A number of publications and patent applications, e.g. WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 and WO 01/10859, disclose certain phthalazine derivatives that are capable of VEGF receptor inhibition.
- One class of metabolising enzymes that are especially important in the metabolism of xenobiotics, such as drugs, is represented by the Cytochrome P 450-dependent family of isoenzymes (CyP 450 hereinafter). CyP 450-dependent monoxygenases are a supergene family of enzymes that catalyse the oxidation of mainly lipophilic chemicals through the insertion of one atom from molecular oxygen into the substrate, resulting, for example, in aliphatic and aromatic hydroxylations and epoxidations of olefinic or aromatic double bonds, respectively. They can usually be found in the microsomal fraction of cell lysates. More than 20 isoenzymes of CyP 450-depending monoxygenases are known in human, partially with overlapping, but often defined substrate specificities. In view of their amino acid sequences and their resulting substrate specificity and specific inducibility, the different isoenzymes are classified into different families. For the metabolism of xenobiotics, the families 1 to 4 are especially important, each of which is again subclassified into subfamilies (A, B, . . . ). Examples are CyP1A, CyP2C, CyP2D or CyP3A. Each of these subclasses is further split into sub-subclasses, e.g. Cyp2C8, Cyp2C9 or CyP3A4, and polymorphism may be present.
- The group of CyP 450-dependent enzymes has both harmful and beneficial activities. Metabolic conversion of xenobiotics to toxic, mutagenic and carcinogenic forms is a harmful activity. Detoxification of some drugs or the activation of drugs to their active form are examples of beneficial activities.
- Especially in the field of tumor treatment, but also in other areas, two or more drugs are combined, for example in order to take advantage of synergistic effects or in the parallel treatment of two diseases at the same time. A possible disadvantage in such combination that the compounds may interfere with each other by mutual inhibition of metabolising enzymes, such as the Cyp 450 monoxygenases. This can lead to drastical changes in pharmacokinetics, leading to elevated levels of drugs the metabolism of which is inhibited by co-administered drugs, and may thus lead to adverse drug reactions, e.g. due to elevated toxicity of the unmetabolized drugs, or to inefficiency if only the metabolised drug is pharmaceutically active, etc. Also when used alone, drugs may influence normal physiological processes by inhibiting normal biosynthetic or metabolic enzymes, thus interfering with biochemical processes in the living being. It is therefore desirable to design drugs that show no or low inhibition of CyP 450 hemoproteins.
- With this background, it is the problem of the present invention to provide a novel advantageous class of phthalazine derivatives that especially display a low level of inhibition on enzymes that metabolise xenobiotics, especially drugs, preferably low inhibition of Cyp 450-dependent enzymes, thus inter alia allowing for predictably low interactions with other xenobiotics or substrates present in the body, better pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic behaviour, and/or display superior tyrosine kinase inhibiting properties, especially regarding the inhibition of VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase.
- Surprisingly, it has now been found that phthalazine derivatives of formula I, described hereinafter, have advantageous pharmacological properties and show advantageous VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting activity, allowing inter alia treatment of VEGF-dependent cell proliferation, the treatment of especially inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, and/or of pain, or the other diseases mentioned above and below, especially at the same time showing lower levels of inhibition on enzymes that metabolise xenobiotics, especially of CyP 450-dependent enzymes, leading to more predictable pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic behaviour, especially in combination with xenobiotics present in food or drugs.
- The compounds of formula I permit thus a better therapeutic approach, especially for diseases in the treatment of which, and also for the prevention of which, an inhibition of angiogenesis and/or of the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase shows beneficial effects.
- The invention relates to a compound of the formula I,
- A compound of the formula I,
- wherein
- r is 1 or 2,
- n is 0 to 3,
- t is 0, 1 or 2,
- R1 and R2
- a) are independently in each case a lower alkyl;
- b) together form a bridge of subformula I*,
- wherein the bond is achieved via the two terminal C atoms and
- m is 0 to 4, or
- c) together form a bridge of subformula I**,
- wherein one or two of the ring members T1, T2, T3 and T4 are nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the bond is achieved via atoms T1 and T4;
- G is —C(═O)—, —CHF—, —CF2—, lower alkylene, C2-C6alkenylene, lower alkylene or C3-C6alkenylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy, —CH2—O—, —CH2—S—, —CH2—NH—, —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—S—CH2—, —CH2—NH—CH2—, oxa (—O—), thia (—S—), imino (—NH—), —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—S—CH2—, —CH2—NH—CH2—, —(C(R4)2)t—S(O)p-(5-membered heteroaryl)-(C(R4)2)s—, —(C(R4)2)t—C(G1)(R4)—(C(R4)2)s—, —O—CH2—, —S(O)—, —S(O2)—, —SCH2, —S(O)CH2—, —CH2S(O)— or —CH2S(O)2—, wherein each of p, s and t, independently of the other, is 0, 1 or 2; R4 is hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; and G1 is —CN, —CO2R3, —CON(R6)2 or CH2N(R6)2, wherein R3 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl;
- A, B, D, E and T are independently N or CH subject to the proviso that at least one and not more than three of these radicals are N;
- Q is either lower alkoxy or O (oxo), with the proviso that if Q is lower alkoxy, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a single bond and the ring carrying Q has three double bonds, and if Q is O, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom;
- Q′ is halogen, NHRQ, NRQ 2, ORQ, SRQ, alkyl, aryl-alkyl, cyclohexyl-alkyl, perfluoroalkyl, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted hetaryl, wherein RQ represents acyl, alkyl, or alkyl substituted by hydroxy or halogen;
- Ra and Ra′ are each independently H, halogen or lower alkyl;
- X is imino, oxa, or thia;
- Y is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; and
- Z is mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, —OCOR6, —CH2OR3, —OCO2R3, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, amidino, guanidino, mercapto, sulfo, alkylthio, especially lower alkylthio, halogenated lower alkylthio, arylthio, especially phenylthio or alkylphenylthio, aryl lower alkylthio, especially phenyl lower alkylthio, arylsulfinyl, especially phenylsulfinyl or alkylphenylsulfinyl, aryl-lower alkylsulfinyl, especially phenyl-lower alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, especially lower alkylsulfonyl, halogeno-lower alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, especially phenylsulfonyl or alkylphenylsulfonyl, aryl-lower alkylsulfonyl, especially phenyl-lower alkylsulfonyl, ureido, C2-C7alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, especially pyrazolyl or lower-alkyl pyrazolyl, optionally substituted saturated heterocyclyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, —S(O)p(heteroaryl) or —S(O)p(heteroarylalkyl) wherein p is 0, 1 or 2, heteroaryloxy, —CHO or —OCON(R6)2, —NR3CO2R6 or —NR3CON(R6)2 wherein R3 and R6 are as defined above; wherein—if more than 1 radical Z (m≧2) is present—the substituents Z are selected independently from each other, and wherein R3 and R6 are as defined above;
- and wherein the bonds characterized in subformula I* by a wavy line are either single or double bonds;
- with the proviso that when two groups R6 are each alkyl and located on the same nitrogen atom, they may be linked by a bond, an O, an S or NR3 with R3 as defined above to form a N-containing heterocycle of 5 to 7 ring atoms;
and with the proviso that only compounds other than those wherein r is 1, n is 0, R1 and R2 together form a bridge of subformula I* wherein m is 0 and the waved lines represent double bonds, respectively, G is —CH2—, T is N, each of A, B, E and T is CH, Q is methoxy and Y is 4-methyl-3-bromo-phenyl, 4-ethyl-3-bromo-phenyl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl or 4-isopropyl-3-methyl-phenyl fall under the claim;
or an N-oxide of a compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom;
or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of a compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof. - The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter preferably have within the context of this disclosure the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
- The prefix “lower” denotes a radical having up to and including a maximum of 7, especially up to and including a maximum of 4 carbon atoms, the radicals in question being either linear or branched with single or multiple branching.
- Where the plural form is used for compounds, salts, and the like, this is taken to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like.
- Any asymmetric carbon atoms (for example in compounds of formula I [or an N-oxide thereof], wherein n=1 and R is lower alkyl) may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)-configuration. Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis- (=Z-) or trans (=E-) form. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
- The present invention relates also to possible tautomers of the compounds of formula I. Especially an oxo substituent Q may display tautomerism of the following kind: Thus, a ring of the partial formula IA (forming a part of the formula I),
- wherein each of A, B, D and E is CH, T is N, Q is oxo in 2-position relatively to the N, r is one, and Q′ and t are as defined for a compound of formula I above, may show the following tautomerism:
- with the form shown on the left (lactam form) prevailing under normal conditions.
- In analogy, a ring of the partial formula IA wherein each of A, B, E and T is CH, D is N, Q is oxo in 6-position relatively to the N and r is one, may show the following tautomerism:
- with the form shown on the left (lactam form) prevailing under normal conditions.
- Thus, depending on the equilibrium constants and the conditions, a compound of the formula I may be present in the form of a pure tautomer or a mixture of tautomers.
- The index r in formula I is preferably 1. Q is preferably oxo.
- t is preferably 0 or 1. Q′ is preferably halogen or NHRQ, wherein RQ represents lower alkyl; thiazolyl or furyl. Q′ is most preferably bound to a carbon atom and located in α-position to the radical Q.
- The index n in formula I is preferably 0 or 1, or it is 2 or 3.
- In the preferred embodiment, R1 and R2 together form a bridge of subformula I*. The index m is preferably 0, 1, or 2. In particular, m is preferably 0 or 1, most preferably 0.
- In subformula I**, the ring member T2 or T3 is preferably nitrogen, and each of the other ring members are CH.
- Of ring members A, B, D, E and T in formula I, not more than 3 may be N, and the remainder are CH. Preferably, A, D or T is N, while the remaining of the ring members A, B, D, E and T are CH, respectively. Most preferably, each of B, D, E and T is CH, while A is N.
- In the representation of bivalent groups G, the bond shown on the left side in each case is bound to the ring with ring members A, B, D, and E, whereas the bond shown on the right is bound to the phthalazine ring in formula I.
- Lower alkylene, C2-C6alkylene and C2-C6alkenylene G may be branched or, preferably, unbranched and are in particular methylene (where lower alkylene is encompassed) or C2-C4alkylene or C2-C4alkenylene, above all ethylene (—CH2—CH2—), ethenylene, (—CH═CH—), propenylene (—CH═CH—CH2—), propylene (—CH2—CH2—CH2—) or tetramethylene (—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH2—). G is preferably in particular methylene or in a broader aspect of the invention ethylene, ethenylene or propylene. In C2-C6alkenylene G, the substituents on the double bond are preferably present in the E- (=trans-) form.
- Acyl is preferably arylcarbonyl, wherein aryl is as defined below, in particular benzoyl, or lower alkanoyl, especially acetyl.
- Lower alkylene substituted by hydroxy is especially hydroxymethylene; C2-C6alkylene substituted by hydroxy is preferably hydroxyethylene (—CH2—CH(OH)).
- Lower alkyl is especially C1-C4alkyl, e.g. n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or especially methyl or also ethyl.
- Aryl is preferably an aromatic radical having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, especially phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl or phenanthrenyl, the radicals defined above being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, preferably up to three, especially one or two substituents, especially selected from the group consisting of amino, mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, such as ethenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, especially N-methylcarbamoyl or N-tert-butylcarbamoyl; amidino, guanidino, mercapto, lower alkylthio, such as methylthio, sulfo, phenylthio, phenyl-lower alkylthio, alkylphenylthio, alkylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, phenyl-lower alkylsulfinyl, alkylphenylsulfinyl, phenylsulfonyl, phenyl-lower alkylsulfonyl, phenyl, lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl, lower alkylmercapto, such as methylmercapto (—S—CH3), halogen-lower alkylthio, such as trifluoromethylthio (—S—CF3), lower alkylsulfonyl, halogen-lower alkylsulfonyl, such as especially trifluoromethane sulfonyl, dihydroxybora (—B(OH)2), heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl lower alkyl, heteroaryloxy, heteroaryl-lower alkoxy, —S(O)p(heteroaryl), —S(O)p(heteroarylalkyl), —CHO, —CH2OR3, —O—CON(R6)2, —NR3CO2R6 or —NR3CON(R6)2, or where R6 is H, alkyl, aryl (except substituted by aryl or aryl-lower alkyl) or aryl-lower alkyl (with aryl except if substituted by aryl or aryl-lower alkyl), R3 is H or lower alkyl and p is 0, 1 or 2; lower alkylene dioxy bound at adjacent C-atoms of the ring, such as methylene dioxy, ureido and sulfamoyl; for example, aryl is phenyl, which is either unsubstituted or substituted by one or two substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of amino; lower alkanoylamino, especially acetylamino; halogen, especially fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine; lower alkyl, especially methyl or preferably ethyl, further propyl or t-butyl; halogen-lower alkyl, especially trifluoromethyl; hydroxy; lower alkoxy, especially methoxy or also ethoxy; phenyl-lower alkoxy, especially benzyloxy; and cyano, or (as an alternative or in addition to the previous group of substituents) C8-C12alkoxy, especially n-decyloxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as n-methyl- or n-tert-butylcarbamoyl, lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl, phenyloxy, halogen-lower alkyloxy, such as trifluoromethoxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as methoxy-, tert-butoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl, lower alkylmercapto, such as methylmercapto, halogen-lower alkylmercapto, such as trifluoromethylmercapto, hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxymethyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, such as methane sulfonyl, halogen-lower alkylsulfonyl, such as trifluoromethane sulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, dihydroxybora (B(OH)2), 2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 1H-pyrazol-3-yl, 1-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl and lower alkylenedioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylene dioxy or, alternatively or in addition to the previous group of substitutents, ureido, vinyl, pyrazol-3-yl and 1-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl, especially preferred are (especially with regard to a novel compound of the formula I as described hereinbefore and hereinafter) one or two substituents independently selected from lower alkyl, especially methyl, halogen, especially chlorine or bromine, and halogen lower alkyl, especially trifluoromethyl. In the cases where Y is aryl, it is in particular preferred that aryl is phenyl preferably substituted by one or two substituents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, in particular methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl or t-butyl; halogen, in particular fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine; lower alkoxy, in particular ethoxy; and halogen lower alkyl, in particular trifluoromethyl; special preference being for substitution by one or two substitutents independently selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, in particular methyl or t-butyl; halogen, in particular chlorine; and halogen lower alkyl, in particular trifluoromethyl; or that (especially in a novel compound of the formula I) aryl is napthyl, especially 2-naphthyl.
- Heteroaryl is preferably a heterocyclic radical unsaturated in the bonding ring and is preferably monocyclic or in a broader sense bicyclic or tricyclic; wherein at least in the ring bonding to the radical of the molecule of formula I one or more, preferably one to four, especially one or two carbon atoms of a corresponding aryl radical are substituted by a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, the bonding ring preferably having 4 to 12, especially 5 to 7 ring atoms; or is a saturated analogue of such an unsaturated heteroaryl; heteroaryl being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, especially 1 to 3, independently selected from the group consisting of the substituents defined above as substituents of aryl; and especially being a heteroaryl radical selected from the group consisting of imidazolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, thianthrenyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzofuranyl, chromenyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, lower alkyl-substituted imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, indazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl and furazanyl, or a saturated analogue thereof, especially dioxanyl, preferably [1,3]dioxan-5-yl; each of these radicals being bonded to at least one heteroatom and the radical of the molecule of formula I via a ring and each of these radicals being unsubstituted or substituted by one to two radicals selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, especially methyl, propyl, isopropyl or tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, especially methoxy, and halo, especially bromo or chloro; pyridyl is especially preferred; also especially preferred are quinolyl, especially quinolin-6-yl; lower alkyl-pyridyl, especially 5-methyl-pyridin-2-yl or 6-methyl-pyridin-2-yl; lower alkylpyrimidinyl, especially 4-methylpyrimidin-2-yl or 6-tert-butyl-pyrimidin-4-yl; halo-lower alkylpyridyl, especially 5-trifluoromethyl-pyridin-2-yl; lower alkoxy-pyridyl, especially 5-methoxy-pyridin-2-yl; di-lower alkylpyridyl, especially 2,6-dimethyl-pyridin-4-yl or 4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-2-yl; di-lower alkylpyrimidinyl, especially 2,6-dimethyl-pyrimidin-4-yl; or halo-pyridyl, especially 5-bromo-pyridin-2-yl or 6-chloro-pyridin-3-yl; or lower-alkyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl, such as cis,trans-, cis- or preferably trans-2-isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl. Pyridyl Y is preferably 3- or 4-pyridyl.
- Mono- or disubstituted amino is especially amino substituted by one or two radicals selected independently of one another from alkyl, especially lower alkyl, such as methyl; hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as 2-hydroxyethyl; halogen-lower alkyl; amino-lower alkyl; N-lower alkylaminoalkyl; N,N-di-lower alkylamino-alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl; N-lower alkanoylamino-alkyl; N,N-di-lower alkanoylamino-alkyl; cyanoalkyl; carboxyalkyl; lower-alkoxycarbonylalkyl; phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylalkyl; lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl; benzoyl; substituted benzoyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one or two, substituents selected from nitro or amino, or also from halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, and carbamoyl; and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one or two, substituents selected from nitro or amino, or also from halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, and carbamoyl; and is preferably N-lower alkylamino, such as N-methylamino, hydroxy-lower alkylamino, such as 2-hydroxyethylamino, phenyl-lower alkylamino, such as benzylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, N-phenyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylphenylamino, lower alkanoylamino, such as acetylamino, or a substituent selected from the group consisting of benzoylamino and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, wherein the phenyl radical in each case is unsubstituted or especially substituted by nitro or amino, or also by halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl or carbamoyl, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous group of radicals by aminocarbonylamino.
- Halo or halogen is above all fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine.
- Alkyl (alone or as part of radicals, e.g. halogenalkyl or the like) has preferably up to a maximum of 12 carbon atoms and is especially lower alkyl, especially methyl, or also ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or tert-butyl.
- Substituted alkyl is alkyl as last defined, especially lower alkyl, preferably methyl; where one or more, especially up to three, substituents may be present, primarily from the group selected from halogen, especially fluorine, and also from amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, N-lower alkanoylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl. Trifluoromethyl is especially preferred. In a novel compound of the formula I, methyl is especially preferred.
- Aryl-lower alkyl is lower alkyl that is substituted (preferably terminally) by aryl as defined above.
- Heteroaryl-lower alkyl is lower alkyl that is substituted (preferably terminally) by heteroaryl as defined above.
- Optionally substituted saturated heterocyclyl is preferably a saturated analogue of heteroaryl as described above which is unsubstituted or substituted as described for heteroaryl.
- When two groups R6 are each alkyl and located on the same nitrogen atom, and they are linked by a bond, an O, an S or NR3 with R3 as defined above to form a N-containing heterocycle of 5 to 7 ring atoms, preferred examples of such heterocycles, including the N to which they are attached, are:
- Etherified hydroxy is especially C8-C20alkyloxy, such as n-decyloxy, lower alkoxy (preferred), such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, or n-pentyloxy, phenyl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, or also phenyloxy, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous group halogen-lower alkyloxy, such as trifluoromethyloxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy.
- Esterified hydroxy is especially lower alkanoyloxy, benzoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as tert-butoxycarbonyloxy, or phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as benzyloxycarbonyloxy.
- Esterified carboxy is especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl, or further methoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or phenyloxycarbonyl.
- Alkanoyl is above all alkylcarbonyl, especially lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl.
- N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl is especially substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, especially methyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or hydroxy-lower alkyl, at the terminal nitrogen atom.
- Alkylphenylthio is especially lower alkylphenylthio.
- Alkylphenylsulfinyl is especially lower alkylphenylsulfinyl.
- Halo-lower alkylthio is preferably trifluoromethylthio.
- Halo-lower alkanesulfonyl is preferably trifluoromethylsulfonyl.
- Pyrazolyl is preferably pyrazol-3-yl, lower alkylpyrazolyl is preferably 1-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl.
- C2-C7-Alkenyl is preferably vinyl.
- Unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl has 3 to 12 ring carbon atoms, and is preferably C3-C8cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted in the same way as aryl, especially as defined for phenyl. Cyclohexyl, in a broader sense cyclopentyl or cyclopropyl, are preferred.
- Cycloalkenyl is a non-aromatic unsaturated carbocycle that contains between 3 and 12, preferably 3 to 8, carbon atoms and up to three double bonds, with the proviso that cycloalkenyl groups that differ from aromatics by lacking only one double bond (such as cyclohexadiene) which are not sufficiently non-reactive are not comprised.
- Z in a compound of the formula I is preferably amino, hydroxy-lower alkylamino, such as 2-hydroxyethylamino, lower alkanoylamino, such as acetylamino, nitrobenzoylamino, such as 3-nitrobenzoylamino, aminobenzoylamino, such as 4-aminobenzoylamino, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, such as benzyloxycarbonylamino, or halogen, such as bromine; preferably only one substituent is present (m=1), especially one of the last mentioned, especially halogen. A compound of formula I wherein R1 and R2 together form a bridge of the sub-formula I*, especially a compound of the formula IA wherein Z is absent (m=0), is quite especially preferred.
- Heterocyclyl is especially a five or six-membered heterocyclic system with 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, which may be unsaturated or wholly or partly saturated, and is unsubstituted or substituted, especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl; a radical selected from 2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-1,3-dioxolan-2-yl, 1H-pyrazol-3-yl, and 1-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl is preferred.
- Aryl in the form of phenyl which is substituted by lower alkylene dioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylene dioxy, is preferably 3,4-methylene dioxyphenyl.
- If Q is O (oxo), the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds (namely the one that would otherwise start from the ring carbon atom binding Q) in the ring is changed to a single bond; preferably, the moieties A, B, D, E and T are chosen such that any carbon A, B, D, E or T binding Q is directly bound to an N or (if Q is oxo) to an NH.
- Where a substitutent such as Q or Z is present, an H atom of the binding atom to which these moieties are attached is replaced by such substituent.
- The bonds in subformula I* characterized by wavy lines are present either as single or as double bonds. Preferably both at the same time are either single or double bonds. It is especially preferred when both are double bonds at the same time.
- The bridges formed from R1 and R2 in formula I and formula IA which are of subformula I* or I** form, together with the carbon atoms bonding R1 and R2, a ring with 6 ring atoms.
- An N-oxide of a compound of formula I is preferably an N-oxide in which a phthalazine-ring nitrogen or a nitrogen in the ring with ring members A, B, D, and E carries an oxygen atom, or several of said nitrogen atoms carry an oxygen atom. Preferred are compounds without N-oxide moiety.
- Salts are especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide or tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof).
- Such salts are formed, for example, as acid addition salts, preferably with organic or inorganic acids, from compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide or tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof) with a basic nitrogen atom, especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable inorganic acids are, for example, halogen acids, such as hydrochloric acid; sulfuric acid; or phosphoric acid. Suitable organic acids are, for example, carboxylic, phosphonic, sulfonic or sulfamic acids, for example acetic acid, propionic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 2-hydroxybutyric acid, gluconic acid, glucosemono-carboxylic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, glucaric acid, galactaric acid, amino acids, such as glutamic acid, aspartic acid, N-methylglycine, acetylaminoacetic acid, N-acetylasparagine or N-acetylcysteine, pyruvic acid, acetoacetic acid, phosphoserine, 2- or 3-glycerophosphoric acid, maleic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, methylmaleic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, 1- or 3-hydroxynaphthyl-2-carboxylic acid, 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoic acid, 2-phenoxybenzoic acid, 2-acetoxybenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, phthalic acid, phenylacetic acid, glucuronic acid, galacturonic acid, methane- or ethanesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, ethane-1,2-disulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedisulfonic acid, N-cyclohexylsulfamic acid, N-methyl-, N-ethyl- or N-propylsulfamic acid, or other organic protonic acids, such as ascorbic acid.
- In the presence of negatively charged radicals, such as carboxy or sulfo, salts may also be formed with bases, e.g. metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as tertiary monoamines, for example triethylamine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or heterocyclic bases, for example N-ethyl-piperidine or N,N′-dimethylpiperazine.
- In the presence of a basic group and an acid group in the same molecule, a compound of formula I (or an N-oxide or tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof) may also form internal salts.
- For isolation or purification purposes it is also possible to use pharmaceutically unacceptable salts, for example picrates or perchlorates. Only the pharmaceutically acceptable salts or free compounds (if the occasion arises, in the form of pharmaceutical preparations) attain therapeutic use, and these are therefore preferred.
- In view of the close relationship between the novel compounds in free form and in the form of their salts, including those salts that can be used as intermediates, for example in the purification or identification of the novel compounds, their tautomers or tautomeric mixtures and their salts and the N-oxides or the salts thereof, any reference hereinbefore and hereinafter to compounds of the formula I is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding N-oxides, tautomers of compounds of the formula I or their N-oxides, tautomeric mixtures of compounds of the formula I or their N-oxides, or salts of any of these, as appropriate and expedient and if not mentioned otherwise.
- The compounds of formula I have valuable pharmacological properties, as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
- The efficacy of the compounds of the formula I as inhibitors of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase activity can be demonstrated as follows:
- Test for activity against VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase: the test is conducted using Flt-1 VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase. The detailed procedure is as follows: 30 μl kinase solution (10 ng of the kinase domain of Flt-1, Shibuya et al., Oncogene 5, 519-24 [1990]) in 20 mM Tris.HCl pH 7.6, 3 mM manganese dichloride (MnCl2), 3 mM magnesium chloride (MgCl2) and 3 μg/ml poly(Glu,Tyr) 4:1 (Sigma, Buchs, Switzerland), 8 μM [33P]-ATP (0.2 μCi/batch), 1% dimethyl sulfoxide, and 0 to 50 μM of the compound to be tested are incubated together for 15 minutes at room temperature. The reaction is then ended by the addition of 10 μl 0.25 M ethylenediaminetetraacetate (EDTA) pH 7. Using a multichannel dispenser (LAB SYSTEMS, USA), an aliquot of 20 μl is applied to a PVDF (=polyvinyl difluoride) Immobilon P membrane (Millipore, USA), which is incorporated into a Millipore microtitre filter manifold, and connected to a vacuum. Following complete elimination of the liquid, the membrane is washed 4 times successively in a bath containing 0.5% phosphoric acid (H3PO4), incubated for 10 minutes each time while shaking, then mounted in a Hewlett Packard TopCount Manifold and the radioactivity measured after the addition of 10 μl Microscint® (β-scintillation counter liquid; Packard USA). IC50-values are determined by linear regression analysis of the percentages for the inhibition of each compound in three concentrations (as a rule 0.01, 0.1, and 1 μM). Preferably inhibitory concentrations (IC50 with 50% maximum inhibition versus control without inhibitory substance of formula I) in the range 10 nmol/litre to 100 μmol/litre are found here, especially in the range 10 to 2000 nmol/litre.
- The antitumour efficacy of the compounds of formula I can be demonstrated in vivo as follows:
- In vivo activity in the nude mouse xenotransplant model: female BALB/c nude mice (8-12 weeks old, for example Novartis Animal Farm, Sisseln, Switzerland) are kept under sterile conditions with water and feed ad libitum. Tumours are induced by subcutaneous injection of tumour cells (human epithelial cell line A-431; American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md., USA, Catalogue Number ATCC CRL 1555; cell line from an 85-year-old woman; epidermoid carcinoma cell line) into carrier mice. The resulting tumours pass through at least three consecutive transplantations before the start of treatment. Tumour fragments (about 25 mg) are implanted subcutaneously in the left flank of the animals using a 13-gauge trocar needle under Forene® anaesthesia (Abbott, Switzerland). Treatment with the test compound is started as soon as the tumour has reached a mean volume of 100 mm3. Tumour growth is measured two to three times a week and 24 hours after the last treatment by determining the length of two perpendicular axes. The tumour volumes are calculated in accordance with published methods (see Evans et al., Brit. J. Cancer 45, 466-8 [1982]). The antitumour efficacy is determined as the mean increase in tumour volume of the treated animals divided by the mean increase in tumour volume of the untreated animals (controls) and, after multiplication by 100, is expressed as T/C %. Tumour regression (given in %) is reported as the smallest mean tumour volume in relation to the mean tumour volume at the start of treatment. The test compound is administered daily by gavage. In vivo tumor inhibition can e.g. be found at around 10 to 200 mg/kg and day.
- As an alternative to cell line A-431, other cell lines may also be used in the same manner, for example the MCF-7 breast adenocarcinoma cell line, the MDA-MB 468 breast adenocarcinoma cell line, the MDA-MB 231 breast adenocarcinoma cell line, the Colo 205 colon carcinoma cell line, the HCT 116 colon carcinoma cell line, the DU145 prostate carcinoma cell line DU 145 or the PC-3 prostate carcinoma cell line PC-3
- The inhibition of VEGF-induced KDR-receptor autophosphorylation can be confirmed with a further in vitro experiment in cells: transfected CHO cells, which permanently express human VEGF receptor (KDR), are seeded in culture medium (with 10% fetal calf serum=FCS) in 6-well cell-culture plates and incubated at 37° C. under 5% CO2 until they show about 80% confluency. The compounds to be tested are then diluted in culture medium (without FCS, with 0.1% bovine serum albumin) and added to the cells. (Controls comprise medium without test compounds). After two hours' incubation at 37° C., recombinant VEGF is added; the final VEGF concentration is 20 ng/ml). After a further five minutes' incubation at 37° C., the cells are washed twice with ice-cold PBS (phosphate-buffered saline) and immediately lysed in 100 μl lysis buffer per well. The lysates are then centrifuged to remove the cell nuclei, and the protein concentrations of the supernatants are determined using a commercial protein assay (BIORAD). The lysates can then either be immediately used or, if desired, stored at −20° C.
- A sandwich ELISA is carried out to measure the KDR-receptor phosphorylation: a monoclonal antibody to KDR (for example Mab 1495.12.14; prepared by H. Towbin) is immobilized on black ELISA plates (OptiPlate™ HTRF-96 from Packard). The plates are then washed and the remaining free protein-binding sites are saturated with 1% BSA in PBS. The cell lysates (20 μg protein per well) are then incubated overnight at 4° C. with an antiphosphotyrosine antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase (PY20:AP from Transduction Laboratories). The binding of the antiphosphotyrosine antibody is then demonstrated using a luminescent AP substrate (CDP-Star, ready to use, with Emerald II; TROPIX). The luminescence is measured in a Packard Top Count Microplate Scintillation Counter (Top Count). The difference between the signal of the positive control (stimulated with VEGF) and that of the negative control (not stimulated with VEGF) corresponds to VEGF-induced KDR-receptor phosphorylation (=100%). The activity of the tested substances is calculated as % inhibition of VEGF-induced KDR-receptor phosphorylation, wherein the concentration of substance that induces half the maximum inhibition is defined as the ED50 (effective dose for 50% inhibition). Compounds of formula I here preferably show ED50 values in the range of 5 nM to 10 μM. Those compounds where r is 1, Q is 4-lower alkoxy, especially lower methoxy, and is bound at A instead of the H, with A, B, D and E each being CH and T N, or preferably at T instead of the H, with T, B, D and E each being CH and A being A, and most especially those compounds wherein Q is oxo and one of the double bonds in the ring with A, B, D, E and T is a single bond, and the oxo Q is bound at A which is C if T is NH, while B, D and E each are CH, or preferably at T which is C if A is NH, while B, D and E each are CH, show especially advantageous inhibition.
- Compounds of formula I inhibit to varying degrees also other tyrosine kinases involved in signal transduction which are mediated by trophic factors, for example AbI kinase, kinases from the Src family, especially c-Src kinase, Lck, and Fyn; or in a broader sense kinases of the EGF family, for example, c-erbB2 kinase (HER-2), c-erbB3 kinase, c-erbB4 kinase; insulin-like growth factor receptor kinase (IGF-1 kinase), especially members of the PDGF-receptor tyrosine kinase family, such as PDGF-receptor kinase, CSF-1-receptor kinase, Kit-receptor kinase and VEGF-receptor kinase, especially KDR and Flk, and the angiopoetin 1 and 2 receptor Tek; or in a broader sense also serine/threonine kinases, all of which play a role in growth regulation and transformation in mammalian cells, including human cells. The respective assays can be done utilizing the respective tyrosine kinase expressed as GST-fusion protein using the baculovirus system. The respective kinases are purified via a glutathione-Sepharose column and utilized to determine the IC50s for the compounds.
- The inhibition of c-erbB2 tyrosine kinase (HER-2) can be measured, for example, in the same way as the inhibition of EGF-R protein kinase (see House et al., Europ. J. Biochem. 140, 363-7 [1984]). The erbB2 kinase can be isolated, and its activity determined, using methods known per se (see Akiyama et al., Science 232, 1644 [1986]). In particular, an inhibitory effect can also be found on PDGF-receptor kinase, which is determined according to the method described by Trinks et al. (see J. Med. Chem. 37(7): 1015-27 [1994]).
- The usefulness of a compound of the formula I in the treatment of arthritis as an example of an inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid disease can be demonstrated using the well-known rat adjuvant arthritis model (Pearson, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. 91, 95-101 (1956)) to test the anti-arthritic activity of compounds of the formula I (for details see WO 00/59509).
- The activity of compounds of the formula I against pain can be shown in the model of nociception (pain) described also in WO 00/59509.
- On the basis of these studies, a compound of formula I is appropriate for the treatment of inflammatory (especially rheumatic or rheumatoid) diseases and/or pain. The compounds of the formula I according to the invention also show therapeutic efficacy especially against other disorders dependent on protein kinase, especially proliferative diseases.
- On the basis of their efficacy as inhibitors of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase activity, the compounds according to the invention primarily inhibit the growth of blood vessels and are thus, for example, effective against a number of diseases associated with deregulated angiogenesis, especially diseases caused by ocular neovascularisation, especially retinopathies, such as diabetic retinopathy or age-related macula degeneration, psoriasis, haemangio-blastoma, such as haemangioma, mesangial cell proliferative disorders, such as chronic or acute renal diseases, e.g. diabetic nephropathy, malignant nephrosclerosis, thrombotic microangiopathy syndromes or transplant rejection, or especially inflammatory renal disease, such as glomerulonephritis, especially mesangioproliferative glomerulonephritis, haemolyticuraemic syndrome, diabetic nephropathy, hypertensive nephrosclerosis, atheroma, arterial restenosis, autoimmune diseases, acute inflammation, fibrotic disorders (e.g. hepatic cirrhosis), diabetes, neurodegenerative disorders and especially neoplastic diseases (solid tumours, but also leucemias and other “liquid tumours”, especially those expressing c-kit, KDR or fit-1), such as especially breast cancer, cancer of the colon, lung cancer (especially small-cell lung cancer), cancer of the prostate or Kaposi's sarcoma. A compound of formula I inhibits the growth of tumours and is especially suited to preventing the metastatic spread of tumours and the growth of micrometastases.
- A compound of formula I can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic agents. In particular, a compound of formula I can besides or in addition be administered for example in the case of tumour therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy, surgical intervention, or a combination of these. Long-term therapy is equally possible as is adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described above. Other possible treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumour regression, or even chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
- Therapeutic agents for possible combination are especially one or more antiproliferative, cytostatic or cytotoxic compounds, for example a chemotherapeutic agent or several agents selected from the group which includes, but is not limited to, an inhibitor of polyamine biosynthesis, an inhibitor of a protein kinase, especially of a serine/threonine protein kinase, such as protein kinase C, or of a tyrosine protein kinase, such as the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g. PKI166, the VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g. PTK787, or the PDGF receptor tyrosine kinase, e.g. STI571, a cytokine, a negative growth regulator, such as TGF-β or IFN-β, an aromatase inhibitor, e.g. letrozole or anastrozole, an inhibitor of the interaction of an SH2 domain with a phosphorylated protein, antiestrogens, topoisomerase I inhibitors, such as irinotecan, topoisomerase II inhibitors, microtubule active agents, e.g. paclitaxel, discodermolide or an epothilone, alkylating agents, antineoplastic antimetabolites, such as gemcitabine or capecitabine, platin compounds, such as carboplatin or cisplatin, anti-angiogenic compounds, gonadorelin agonists, anti-androgens, bisphosphonates, e.g. AREDIA® or ZOMETA®, and trastuzumab. The structure of the active agents identified by code nos., generic or trade names may be taken from the actual edition of the standard compendium “The Merck Index” or from databases, e.g. Patents International (e.g. IMS World Publications). The corresponding content thereof is hereby incorporated by reference.
- The compounds of formula I, especially those wherein Q is oxo and r is preferably one, are especially appropriate for combination therapy and show especially low interference with other xenobiotics from e.g. food or especially drug administration as they display the advantage of low inhibition of metabolising enzymes, especially monoxygenases, preferably the CyP 450-dependent monoxygenases.
- This can be shown according to the following test system: Human liver microsomes or high level expression of cDNAs encoding Cytochrome P450 in insect cells provide a flexible source of materials for several in vitro measurement methods. A microtiter plate-based, direct fluorometric assay for the activities of any one or more of the principal drug metabolizing enzymes CYP1A2, CYP2C8, CYP2C9, CYP2C19, CYP2D6 and/or CYP3A4 is used in order to assess the potential for drug candidates to inhibit cytochrome P450.
- Fluorescent marker substrates are incubated at concentrations close to their Michaelis-Menten affinity constant, Km. Inhibitors are tested in the 1 to 10 μM concentration range. 50% inhibition concentration (IC50 values) are estimated by non-linear regression of a two parameter model equation where the lower data limit is 0, i.e. the data are background corrected, and the upper data limit is 100, i.e. the data are range corrected. The equation assumes that y falls with increasing x. A relatively high standard error associated with IC50 values suggests that the regression does not fit the data very well. Extrapolation or interpolation of IC50 values beyond the concentration range studied are not provided. The potential drug interaction is predicted with the following criterion: If the estimated apparent IC50 used is less than 1 μmol/l, the test compound has a potential drug interaction which should be investigated in more detail, if, on the other hand, the estimated IC50 is greater than 1 μmol/l, the test compound has a potential for drug interactions only if human therapeutic in vivo concentrations are likely to be in the IC50 range.
- Details for the assays and the technology that forms the basis for the assays are known (see C. L. Crespi et al., Analytical Biochemistry 248, 188-190 (1997), and C I L. Crespi et al., J. Pharmacol. Toxicol. Methods 44, 325-331 (2000), and the references mentioned therein). For example, 3-cyano-7-ethoxycoumarin is used as fluorescent substrate for CYP1A2, CYP2C9, CYP2C19 and CYP2D6, 7-methoxy-4-trifluoromethylcoumarin is used for CYP2C9, resorufin benzyl ether for CYP3A4, 3-82-(N,N-diethyl-N-methylammonium)ethyl]-7-methoxy-4-methylcoumarin for CYP2D6.
- With this test system, it can be shown that the compound of formula I, salts, tautomers or tautomer mixtures thereof show lower inhibition of CyP 450 isoenzymes; e.g. in the case of CyP 3A4, CyP2C8 and CyP2C9, a compound without substituent Q shows a higher inhibition by a factor of 2 or more when compared with a compound bearing an alkoxy or especially an oxo substituent, usually with 1 μM or higher IC50.
- A compound of formula I is not only useful for the (prophylactic and preferably therapeutic) management of humans, but also for the treatment of other warm-blooded animals, for example of commercially useful animals, for example rodents, such as mice, rabbits or rats, or guinea-pigs. Such a compound may also be used as a reference standard in the test systems described above to permit a comparison with other compounds. In general, the invention relates also to the use of a compound of formula I for the inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase activity. A compound of formula I may also be used for diagnostic purposes, for example with tumours that have been obtained from warm-blooded animal “hosts”, especially humans, and implanted into mice to test them for decreases in growth after treatment with such a compound, in order to investigate their sensitivity to said compound and thus to improve the detection and determination of possible therapeutic methods for neoplastic diseases in the original host.
- With the groups of preferred compounds of formula I mentioned hereinafter, definitions of substituents from the general definitions mentioned hereinbefore may reasonably be used, for example, to replace more general definitions with more specific definitions or especially with definitions characterized as being preferred; in each case, the definitions described hereinbefore as being preferred or exemplary are preferred.
- The present invention pertains in particular to compounds of the formula I wherein
- r is 1 or 2,
- n is 0 to 3,
- t is 0,
- R1 and R2
- a) are independently in each case a lower alkyl;
- b) together form a bridge of subformula I*,
- wherein the bond is achieved via the two terminal C atoms and
- m is 0 to 4, or
- c) together form a bridge of subformula I**,
- wherein one or two of the ring members T1, T2, T3 and T4 are nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the bond is achieved via atoms T1 and T4;
- G is —C(═O)—, —CHF—, —CF2—, lower alkylene, C2-C6alkenylene, lower alkylene or C3-C6alkenylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy, —CH2—O—, —CH2—S—, —CH2—NH—, —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—S—CH2—, —CH2—NH—CH2—, oxa (—O—), thia (—S—), imino (—NH—), —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—S—CH2—, —CH2—NH—CH2—, —(C(R4)2)t—S(O)p-(5-membered heteroaryl)-(C(R4)2)s—, —(C(R4)2)t—C(G1)(R4)—(C(R4)2)s—, —O—CH2—, —S(O)—, —S(O2)—, —SCH2, —S(O)CH2—, —CH2S(O)— or —CH2S(O)2—, wherein each of p, s and t, independently of the other, is 0, 1 or 2; R4 is hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; and G1 is —CN, —CO2R3, —CON(R6)2 or CH2N(R6)2, wherein R3 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl;
- A, B, D, E and T are independently N or CH subject to the proviso that at least one and not more than three of these radicals are N;
- Q is either lower alkoxy or O (oxo), with the proviso that if Q is lower alkoxy, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a single bond and the ring carrying Q has three double bonds, and if Q is O, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom;
- Ra and Ra′ are each independently H, halogen or lower alkyl;
- X is imino, oxa, or thia;
- Y is hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; and
- Z is mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, —OCOR6, —CH2OR3, —OCO2R3, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, amidino, guanidino, mercapto, sulfo, alkylthio, especially lower alkylthio, halogenated lower alkylthio, arylthio, especially phenylthio or alkylphenylthio, aryl lower alkylthio, especially phenyl lower alkylthio, arylsulfinyl, especially phenylsulfinyl or alkylphenylsulfinyl, aryl-lower alkylsulfinyl, especially phenyl-lower alkylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, especially lower alkylsulfonyl, halogeno-lower alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, especially phenylsulfonyl or alkylphenylsulfonyl, aryl-lower alkylsulfonyl, especially phenyl-lower alkylsulfonyl, ureido, C2-C7alkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, especially pyrazolyl or lower-alkyl pyrazolyl, optionally substituted saturated heterocyclyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryloxy, —S(O)p(heteroaryl) or —S(O)p(heteroarylalkyl) wherein p is 0, 1 or 2, heteroaryloxy, —CHO or —OCON(R6)2, —NR3CO2R6 or —NR3CON(R6)2 wherein R3 and R6 are as defined above; wherein—if more than 1 radical Z (m≧2) is present—the substituents Z are selected independently from each other, and wherein R3 and R6 are as defined above;
- and wherein the bonds characterized in subformula I* by a wavy line are either single or double bonds;
- with the proviso that when two groups R6 are each alkyl and located on the same nitrogen atom, they may be linked by a bond, an O, an S or NR3 with R3 as defined above to form a N-containing heterocycle of 5 to 7 ring atoms;
and with the proviso that only compounds other than those wherein r is 1, n is 0, R1 and R2 together form a bridge of subformula I* wherein m is 0 and the waved lines represent double bonds, respectively, G is —CH2—, T is N, each of A, B, E and T is CH, Q is methoxy and Y is 4-methyl-3-bromo-phenyl, 4-ethyl-3-bromo-phenyl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl or 4-isopropyl-3-methyl-phenyl fall under the claim; - to the N-oxides of such compounds of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom;
- to the tautomers or mixtures of tautomers of such compounds of formula I and the N-oxides thereof;
and to the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds of formula I, of an N-oxide
and of the tautomers and mixtures of tautomers thereof. - Preferred is a compound of formula I, wherein Q is O, with the proviso that the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom; and the other symbols have the meaning described for compounds of formula I above; an N-oxide of said compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom; or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
- More preferred is a compound of formula I, wherein
- r is 1 or 2, preferably 1,
- t is 0, 1 or 2,
- n is 0,
- R1 and R2
- together form a bridge of subformula I*,
- wherein the bond is achieved via the two terminal C atoms and
- m is 0,
- G is lower alkylene, especially methylene;
- A, B, D, E and T are independently N or CH subject to the proviso that at least one and not more than three of these radicals are N;
- Q is O, with the proviso that the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom;
- Q′ is halogen, NHRQ, NRQ 2, ORQ, SRQ, perfluoroalkyl, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted hetaryl, wherein RQ represents acyl, alkyl, or alkyl substituted by hydroxy or halogen;
- X is imino, oxa, or thia, preferably imino; and
- Y is (i) hydrogen; (ii) phenyl which is either unsubstituted or substituted by one, two or three substituents selected independently of one another from the group consisting of halogen, especially fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine; lower alkyl, especially methyl or preferably ethyl, further propyl or t-butyl; halogen-lower alkyl, especially trifluoromethyl; (iii) lower-alkyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl, such as cis,trans-, cis- or preferably trans-2-isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl, heteroaryl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; or lower alkyl-cyclohexyl in cis,trans- cis- or preferably trans-form, preferably 4-isopropyl-cyclohexyl, especially in trans-form;
- and wherein the bonds characterized in subformula I* by a wavy line are either single or double bonds, preferably both double bonds;
- or an N-oxide of said compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom;
- or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof;
- or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
- Still more preferred is a compound of formula I according to the preceding definitions wherein r is 1 and
-
- either T is NH, each of B, D and E is CH, A is C and Q is O bonded at A via a double bond, with the proviso that the double bond between A and T is absent;
- or (especially preferably) A is NH, each of B, D and E is CH and T is C and Q is O bonded at T via a double bond;
and the remaining radicals and symbols are as defined above for compounds of formula for a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of a tautomer or of a mixture of tautomers thereof.
- One preferred embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of formula I wherein
- r is 1,
- n is 0,
- t is 0 or 1,
- R1 and R2 together form a bridge of subformula I*,
- wherein the bond is achieved via the two terminal C atoms and
- m is 0;
- G is lower alkylene;
- A, B, and E are CH;
- D is CH and T is N or D is N and T is CH;
- Q is either lower alkoxy or O (oxo), with the proviso that if Q is lower alkoxy, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a single bond and the ring carrying Q has three double bonds, and if Q is O, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom;
- Q′ is halogen, NHRQ, wherein RQ represents lower alkyl; thiazolyl or furanyl;
- X is imino or oxa;
- Y is phenyl substituted by one or two substituents selected from lower alkyl, halogen and trifluoromethyl; C5-7cycloalkyl, wherein up to two methylene groups are replaced by oxa, substituted by lower alkyl; or indolyl which is substituted by one or two substituents selected from lower alkyl and halogen;
- and wherein the bonds characterized in subformula I* by a wavy line are double bonds;
- and with the proviso that only compounds other than those wherein G is —CH2—, T is N, each of A, B, E and T is CH, Q is methoxy and Y is 4-methyl-3-bromo-phenyl, 4-ethyl-3-bromophenyl, 3-chloro-5-trifluoromethyl-phenyl or 4-isopropyl-3-methyl-phenyl fall under the claim;
- a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of a compound of formula I;
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula I, of a tautomer or of a mixture of tautomers thereof.
- Most preferred are the compounds given in the examples, especially those wherein Q is oxo (O), tautomers or mixtures of tautomers thereof; or salts of any of these
- A compound of the formula I may be prepared by processes known per se for other compounds, especially by or in analogy to any of the methods described in WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 or WO 01/10859, which are therefore incorporated by reference herewith, especially
- for the preparation of a compound of formula I, in which G is —CH2—, by reacting a compound of formula II,
- wherein Q, Q′, A, B, D, E, T, R1, and R2 are as defined for a compound of formula I, G is —CH2— and L is a nucleofugal leaving group, with a compound of formula III
-
H—X—(CRaRa′)n—Y (III) - wherein n, Ra, Ra′, X, and Y are as defined for a compound of formula I;
wherein in compounds of formulae I, II and/or III functional groups which shall not participate in the reaction are present in protected form where necessary,
and removing any protective groups present, whereas said starting compounds may also be present in the form of salts if a salt-forming group is present and the reaction in salt form is possible;
and, if so desired, converting an obtainable compound of formula I into another compound of formula I, converting a free compound of formula I into a salt, converting an obtainable salt of a compound of formula into the free compound or another salt, and/or separating a mixture of isomeric compounds of formula I thereof into the individual isomers, the term “compound of formula I” in the present paragraph being understood to be directed to the compounds of formula I, its N-oxides, and/or tautomers or mixtures of tautomers of any of these. - In the more detailed description of the process method below, r, n, t, A, B, D, E, T, G, Q, Q′, Ra, Ra′, R1, R2, X and Y are as defined for compounds of formula I, unless otherwise indicated.
- In the compound of formula II, a nucleofugal leaving group L is especially halogen, above all bromine, especially chlorine or iodine.
- The reaction between the compound of formula II and the compound of formula III takes place in suitable, inert polar solvents, especially alcohols, e.g. lower alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol or n-butanol, in the presence of cyclic ethers, especially dioxane, or in the presence of mixtures of one or more alcohols with one or more cyclic ether, e.g. in isopropanol/dioxane mixtures; or in a melt without the addition of a solvent, especially if one of the reaction partners is present in liquid form. The reaction takes place at elevated temperatures, preferably between about 60° C. and the reflux temperature of the solvent used, for example under reflux conditions, or at a temperature between approximately 70 and approximately 150° C. (if necessary in a closed vessel). The compound of formula III may also be used as a salt, for example as an acid addition salt with a strong acid, such as a hydrogen halide, for example as a hydrochloride salt, or the corresponding acid, for example hydrochloric acid, can be added in a suitable solvent, for example an ether, such as dioxane. If L is iodine, the reaction is preferably allowed to proceed in presence or absence of an inert solvent, such as toluene, in the presence of a base, especially a nitrogen base, such as tributylamine, or an alkalimetal carbonate, such as dipotassium carbonate, in the presence of catalytic amounts of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphin)-palladium, at elevated temperature, e.g. at 80 to 115° C.
- In the additional process steps which are carried out as desired, functional groups of the starting compounds which should not take part in the reaction may be present in unprotected form or may be protected for example by one or more of the protecting groups mentioned hereinabove. The protecting groups are then wholly or partly removed according to one of the methods described.
- If one or more other functional groups, for example carboxy, hydroxy, amino, or mercapto, are or need to be protected in a compound of formulae II or III, because they should not take part in the reaction, these are such as are usually used in the synthesis of peptide compounds, cephalosporins or penicillins, as well as nucleic acid derivatives and sugars. The protecting groups may already be present in precursors and should protect the functional groups concerned against unwanted secondary reactions, such as acylations, etherifications, esterifications, oxidations, solvolysis, and similar reactions. In certain cases, the protecting groups may, in addition to this protection, effect a selective, typically stereoselective, course of reactions. It is a characteristic of protecting groups that they lend themselves readily, i.e. without undesired secondary reactions, to removal, typically by solvolysis, reduction, photolysis or also by enzyme activity, for example under conditions analogous to physiological conditions, and that they are not present in the end-products. A person skilled in the art knows, or can easily establish, which protecting groups are suitable with the reactions mentioned hereinabove and hereinafter.
- The protection of functional groups by such protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves, and their cleavage reactions are described for example in standard reference works, such as J. F. W. McOmie, “Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry”, Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in T. W. Greene, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Wiley, New York 1981, in “The Peptides”; Volume 3 (editors: E. Gross and J. Meienhofer), Academic Press, London and New York 1981, in “Methoden der organischen Chemie” (Methods of organic chemistry), Houben Weyl, 4th edition, Volume 15/l, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974, in H.-D. Jakubke and H. Jescheit, “Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine” (Amino acids, peptides, proteins), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Deerfield Beach, and Basel 1982, and in Jochen Lehmann, “Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharide und Derivate” (Chemistry of carbohydrates: monosaccharides and derivatives), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974.
- Salts of a compound of formula I (or an N-oxide, a tautomer or a mixture of tautomers thereof) with a salt-forming group may be prepared in a manner known per se. Acid addition salts may thus be obtained by treatment with an acid or with a suitable anion exchange reagent. A salt with two acid molecules (for example a dihalogenide of a compound of formula I (or an N-oxide, a tautomer or a mixture of tautomers thereof)) may also be converted into a salt with one acid molecule per compound (for example a monohalogenide); this may be done by heating to a melt, or for example by heating as a solid under a high vacuum at elevated temperature, for example from 130 to 170° C., one molecule of the acid being expelled per molecule of a compound according to the invention. Salts can usually be converted to free compounds, e.g. by treating with suitable basic agents, for example with alkali metal carbonates, hydrogencarbonates, or hydroxides, typically potassium carbonate or sodium hydroxide.
- Stereoisomeric mixtures, e.g. mixtures of diastereomers, can be separated into their corresponding isomers in a manner known per se by means of suitable separation methods. Diastereomeric mixtures for example may be separated into their individual diastereomers by means of fractionated crystallization, chromatography, solvent distribution, and similar procedures. This separation may take place either at the level of one of the starting compounds or in a compound of formula I itself. Enantiomers may be separated through the formation of diastereomeric salts, for example by salt formation with an enantiomer-pure chiral acid, or by means of chromatography, for example by HPLC, using chromatographic substrates with chiral ligands.
- A compound of formula I wherein Q is oxo is prepared from a compound wherein Q is lower alkoxy (obtainable by the process shown above or in analogy to the methods described in WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 or WO 01/10859) by reacting a tri-lower alkylsilylhalogenide, especially -iodide, most preferably trimethylsilyl-iodide, in an appropriate solvent, especially a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as trichloromethane or methylenechloride, at elevated temperature, e.g. at a temperature between 30° C. and the reflux temperature, especially at 55 to 65° C., preferably with subsequent addition of a base, such as a nitrogen base or especially a metal carbonate or metal hydrogen carbonate, such as an alkali metal carbonate or -hydrogen carbonate, in a mixture of water, an alcohol, especially methanol, and an ester, especially a lower alkyl-alkanoate, preferably ethyl acetate, preferably at a temperature between 0 and 50° C., e.g. at ambient temperature. Other methods of ether cleavage can make use of Lewis acids, such as BF3, BCl3, (CH3)2B—Br, BBr3 or AlCl3 (see e.g. Jerry March, “Advanced Organic Chemistry—Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure”, 4th edition, Wiley-Interscience 1992), page 434, and references cited therein).
- Other transformations of a compound of the formula I, an N-oxide, a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of any of these or a salt of any of these, respectively, can be made in analogy to the additional process steps described in WO 98/35958, WO 00/59509 or WO 01/10859, which are therefore incorporated by reference herewith.
- All process steps described here can be carried out under known reaction conditions, especially those described as General process conditions in WO 98/35958 and WO 00/59509, which are therefore incorporated by reference herewith.
- The invention relates also to those forms of the process in which one starts from a compound obtainable at any stage as an intermediate and carries out the missing steps, or breaks off the process at any stage, or forms a starting material under the reaction conditions, or uses said starting material in the form of a reactive derivative or salt, or produces a compound obtainable by means of the process according to the invention and processes said compound in situ. In the preferred embodiment, one starts from those starting materials which lead to the compounds described hereinabove as preferred, particularly as especially preferred, primarily preferred, and/or preferred above all.
- In the preferred embodiment, a compound of formula I is prepared according to or in analogy to the processes and process steps defined in the Examples.
- The compounds according to the invention, including their salts, are also obtainable in the form of hydrates, or their crystals can include for example the solvent used for crystallization (present as solvates).
- The present invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions that comprise a compound of formula I as active ingredient and that can be used especially in the treatment of the diseases mentioned at the beginning. Compositions for enteral administration, such as nasal, buccal, rectal or, especially, oral administration, and for parenteral administration, such as intravenous, intramuscular or subcutaneous administration, to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, are especially preferred. The compositions comprise the active ingredient (a compound of the formula I, ist N-oxide, tautomers or tautomer mixtures of any of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of any of these) alone or, preferably, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dosage of the active ingredient depends upon the disease to be treated and upon the species, its age, weight, and individual condition, the individual pharmacokinetic data, and the mode of administration.
- The invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions for use in a method for the prophylactic or especially therapeutic management of the human or animal body, to a process for the preparation thereof (especially in the form of compositions for the treatment of tumours) and to a method of treating tumour diseases, especially those mentioned above, where a compound of the formula I is used.
- The invention relates also to processes and to the use of compounds of formula I for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations which comprise compounds of formula I as active component (active ingredient).
- The said pharmaceutical preparations may also, if so desired, comprise other active components, for example cytostatic agents, and/or be used in combination with known therapeutic methods, for example the administration of hormones or irradiation.
- Preference is for a pharmaceutical preparation which is suitable for administration to a warm-blooded animal, especially humans or commercially useful mammals suffering from an inflammatory rheumatoid or rheumatic disease and/or pain, or a disease which responds to an inhibition of angiogenesis or of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase, for example psoriasis or especially a neoplastic disease, comprising an effective quantity of a compound of formula I for the inhibition of angiogenesis or of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, if salt-forming groups are present, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- A pharmaceutical composition for the prophylactic or especially therapeutic management of a rheumatoid or rheumatic inflammatory disease and/or pain, or a neoplastic and other proliferative disease of a warm-blooded animal, especially a human or a commercially useful mammal requiring such treatment, especially suffering from such a disease, comprising as active ingredient in a quantity that is prophylactically or especially therapeutically active against said diseases a new compound of formula I, is likewise preferred.
- The pharmaceutical compositions comprise from approximately 1% to approximately 95% active ingredient, single-dose administration forms comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 20% to approximately 90% active ingredient and forms that are not of single-dose type comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 5% to approximately 20% active ingredient. Unit dose forms are, for example, coated and uncoated tablets, ampoules, vials, suppositories, or capsules. Examples are capsules containing from about 0.05 g to about 1.0 g of active substance.
- The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional mixing, granulating, coating, dissolving or lyophilizing processes.
- Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be obtained, for example, by combining the active ingredient with one or more solid carriers, if need be granulating a resulting mixture, and processing the mixture or granules, if desired, to form tablets or tablet cores, if need be by the inclusion of additional excipients.
- Suitable carriers are especially fillers, such as sugars, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates, and also binders, such as starches, methylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or disintegrators. Additional excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof and/or polyethylene glycol, or derivatives thereof.
- Tablet cores may be provided with suitable coatings. Orally administrable pharmaceutical compositions also include hard capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticiser, such as glycerol or sorbitol. In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquid excipients, such as fatty oils.
- Suitable rectally administrable pharmaceutical compositions are, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a suppository base.
- The aqueous solutions suitable for parenteral administration are especially those of an active ingredient in water-soluble form, for example in the form of a water-soluble salt, or aqueous injection suspensions that contain viscosity-increasing substances. Solutions such as are used for parenteral administration can also be employed as infusion solutions.
- The invention relates likewise to a process or a method for the treatment of one of the pathological conditions mentioned hereinabove, especially an inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid disease and/or pain, or a disease which responds to an inhibition of the VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or an inhibition of angiogenesis, especially a corresponding neoplastic disease or also psoriasis. The compounds of formula I can be administered as such or in the form of pharmaceutical compositions, prophylactically or therapeutically, preferably in an amount effective against said diseases, to a warm-blooded animal, for example a human, requiring such treatment, the compounds especially being used in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. In the case of an individual having a body weight of about 70 kg the daily dose administered is from approximately 0.1 g to approximately 5 g, preferably from approximately 0.5 g to approximately 2 g, of a compound of formula I.
- The present invention relates especially also to the use of a compound of formula I (in this paragraph meaning the compound of formula I, an N-oxide thereof, or a tautomer or tautomeric mixture of any of these), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound of formula I which is said to be preferred, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as such or in the form of a pharmaceutical formulation with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for the therapeutic and also prophylactic management of one or more of the diseases mentioned hereinabove, preferably an inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid disease and/or pain, or especially a disease which responds to an inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or an inhibition of angiogenesis, especially a neoplastic disease or also psoriasis, above all if said disease responds to an inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or angiogenesis.
- The present invention relates especially also to the use of a compound of formula I as defined in the last paragraph, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound of formula I which is said to be preferred, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation for the therapeutic and also prophylactic management of one or more of the diseases mentioned hereinabove, especially a rheumatic or rheumatoid inflammatory disease and/or pain, or especially a neoplastic disease or also psoriasis, above all if the disease responds to an inhibition of VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase or angiogenesis. The preferred dose quantity, composition, and preparation of pharmaceutical formulations (medicines) to be used in each case are described above.
- New starting materials and/or transients, as well as processes for the preparation thereof, are likewise the subject of this invention. In the preferred embodiment, such starting materials are used and reaction conditions so selected as to enable the preferred compounds to be obtained.
- The starting materials of formulae II and III are known, capable of being prepared according to known processes, or commercially obtainable; in particular, they can be prepared using processes as described in the Examples.
- In the preparation of starting materials, existing functional groups which do not participate in the reaction should, if necessary, be protected. Preferred protecting groups, their introduction and their removal are described hereinabove or in the Examples. In place of the respective starting materials and transients, salts thereof may also be used for the reaction, provided that salt-forming groups are present and the reaction with a salt is also possible. Where the term starting materials is used hereinbefore and hereinafter, the salts thereof are always included, insofar as reasonable and possible.
- A compound of formula II, wherein G is —CH2— and the remaining symbols are as defined under formula I, can be prepared for example by reacting an aldehyde of formula IV,
- wherein Q is lower alkoxy and A, B, D, E, Q′, T, t and r are as defined for compounds of formula I, with a triphenylphosphonium-halide, especially -chloride, of the formula V,
- wherein R1 and R2 are as defined for a compound of formula I and Hal is halogen, especially Cl, in the presence of an appropriate solvent, e.g. an ether, especially tetrahydrofurane, and a tertiary amine, especially triethylamine, preferably at lowered temperature, e.g. between −10 and 15° C., resulting in a lactone compound of the formula VI,
- wherein R1, R2, A, B, D, E, Q′, T, t and r have the meanings given under formula I and Q is lower alkoxy, which compound is then converted by reaction with hydrazine (preferably in the form of ist hydrate), preferably in the presence of a solvent or solvent mixture, such as a cyclic ether, especially tetrahydrofuran, and/or water, at an elevated temperature, preferably between 50° C. and reflux temperature, to the corresponding phthalazine analogue of the formula VII,
- wherein the symbols are as defined for compounds of the formula VI; the compound of formula VII is then be converted to the corresponding compound of formula II, wherein L is halogen, especially chlorine, G is methylene, and the remaining radicals are as defined under formula I, by reaction with a phosphoryl halide or phosphorus pentahalide, especially phosphoryl chloride (POCl3) or phosphorus pentachloride without solvent or in a suitable solvent, for example acetonitrile, at preferred temperatures between 40° C. and reflux temperature, preferably under reflux, preferably in the presence of the respective hydrohalic acid, e.g. HCl. Instead of halogen L, another nucleofugal radical (e.g. tosyl) can be introduced by substitution under customary conditions
- The starting materials of formula IV are known, capable of being prepared according to known processes, or commercially obtainable; in particular, they can be prepared using processes in analogy to those described in the Examples.
- Other starting materials are known, capable of being prepared according to known processes, or commercially available; in particular, they can be prepared using processes identical or analogous to those described in the Examples.
- The subsequent examples serve for illustrating the invention without limiting the scope thereof. Temperatures are represented in degree Celsius (° C.). If not mentioned otherwise, reactions take place at room temperature.
-
-
- Grad20-100 20%→100% a) in b) during 13 min+5 min 100% a).
- Grad5-40 5% 40% a) in b) during 9 min+7 min 40% a).
Eluent a): Acetonitrile+0.05% TFA; Eluent b): Water+0.05% TFA. Column (250×4.6 mm) filled with reversed-phase-material C18-Nucleosil (5 μm mean bead diameter, silicagel covalently modified with octadecylsilanes, Macherey & Nagel, Düren, BRD). Detection: UV-absorption at 215 nm. Retention times (tRet) are represented in minutes. Flow rate 1 ml/min.
- The further short names and abbreviations used have the following meanings:
- Ex. example
DIPE di-isopropyl-ether
DMF dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
ES-MS “Elektron Spray” mass spectroskopie
Ether diethylether
EtOAc ethyl acetate
FAB-MS “Fast Atom Bombardement” mass spectroskopie
sat. saturated
h hour(s)
min minute(s)
RT room temperature
RE rotary evaporator
m.p. Melting point
brine saturated sodium chloride solution
TFA trifluoroacetic acid
THF tetrahydrofurane (dest. over Na/benzophenone) - Under N2-atmosphere, 0.28 ml (2.05 mMol) Me3SiI are added to 400 mg (1.02 mMol) of trans 1-(4-isopropyl-cyclohexylamino)-4-[2-methoxy-(pyridin-4-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine in 10 ml chloroform, and the resulting mixture is stirred during 20 h at 60° C. After cooling to RT, 5 ml sat. NaHCO3-solution, 5 ml water, 20 ml EtOAc and a small amount of methanol are added, followed by agitation. The resulting white crystals are filtered off, washed with water and dried, yielding the title compound: M.p. 266-267° C. (decomposition); FAB-MS: (M+H)+=377; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=10.3). From the filtrate, by extraction with EtOAc, washing of the organic phase with water and brine, drying (Na2SO4), evaporation and crystallisation from dichlormethane/methanol under addition of ether, more product results.
- The starting materials are prepared as follows:
- 1a) 3-[1-(2-Methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)-methyliden]-3.H.-isobenzofuran-1-one: Under exclusion of air, 4.6 g (10.7 mMol) of 1,3-dihydro-3-oxo-1-isobenzofuranyl-triphenyl-phosphonium chloride (preparation see J. Organomet. Chem. 1972, 42, 391) and 1.85 ml (13 mMol) triethylamine are added to an ice-cooled solution of 1.75 g (12.8 mMol) 2-methoxy-pyridin-4-carbaldehyde (preparation see Eur. J. Med. Chem. 1993, 28, 601) in 29 ml THF. After stirring for 2 h in the ice bath, the mixture is suction-filtered, the remainder is washed out with EtOAc and the filtrate is evaporated yielding the title compound (mixture of the double bond isomers, further containing triphenyl phosphinoxide): HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=12.1/12.6
- 1b) 4-[2-Methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)methyl]phthalazin-1(2H)-one: 4.4 g (17 mMol) 3-[1-(2-methoxypyridin-4-yl)-methyliden]-3.H.-isobenzofuran-1-on in 60 ml THF and 60 ml hydrazine-hydrate are stirred during 75 min under reflux. After cooling to RT, the mixture is diluted with water and EtOAc, and the aqueous phase is separated off and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are extracted three times each with 26 ml 1 N HCl, and the acidic aqueous phases are made alkaline with 1 N NaOH and extracted three times with EtOAc. The EtOAc extracts are washed twice with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and partially evaporated in a RE. Under agitation, the title compound crystallizes out from the residue and is filtered off: FAB-MS: (M+H)+=268; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=7.9.
- 1c) 1-Chloro-4-[2-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)methyl]phthalazine: Under exclusion of humidity, 1.7 ml (19 mMol) phosphorous oxychloride and 3.8 ml 4 N HCl in dioxane are added to 2.0 g (7.5 mMol) 4-[2-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)methyl]phthalazin-1(2H)-one in 40 ml of acetonitrile. After 15 h of agitation at 65° C., the mixture is cooled, and the precipitate is filtered off and is washed with acetonitrile*. The residue is dissolved in 25 ml of water, and 15 ml of 2.5% NH3 solution are added. The title compound precipitating in the course of this is filtered off, washed with water, dried, redissolved in THF and crystallized by addition of hexane: M.p. 105-106° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=286. *From the filtrate, by distribution between EtOAc, 2.5% NH3 solution, water and brine, further product can be obtained.
- 1d) trans 1-(4-Isopropyl-cyclohexylamino)-4-[2-methoxy-(pyridin-4-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine: Under N2 atmosphere, in an ampoule 1.73 g (12 mMol) of trans 4-isopropyl-cyclohexylamine (preparation see Arzneim. Forsch. 1969, 19, 140) and 700 mg (2.4 mMol) of 1-chloro-4-[2-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)methyl]phthalazine are heated during 17 h at 140° C. The reaction mixture is suspended in EtOAc, and 1.5 ml of NH3 solution (25%) and water are added. The isolated aqueous phase is extracted another two times with EtOAc, and the organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to dryness. Column chromatography (SiO2; hexane/EtOAc 1:1) results in the title compound: M.p. 65-66° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=391.
- In analogy to Ex. 1, 500 mg (1.11 mMol) of 1-(3-bromo-4-ethyl-anilino)-4-[2-methoxy-(pyridin-4-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine in 12 ml of chloroform are reacted with 0.3 ml (2.2 mMol) Me3SiI to give the title compound: M.p. 251-252° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=435/437; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=9.6.
- The starting materials are prepared as follows:
- 2a) 3-Bromo-4-ethyl-aniline: Obtained by hydrogenation of 4.45 g (19 mMol) of 3-bromo-4-ethyl-nitrobenzene (preparation see Macromolecules 1995, 28, 5618) in 100 ml of ethanol in the presence of 1 g Raney nickel, filtration, evaporation and column chromatography (SiO2; methylenechloride): 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 6.94 (d, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 3.50 (s, H2N), 2.57 (q, 2H), 1.10 (t, 3H).
- 2b) 1-(3-Bromo-4-ethyl-anilino)-4-[2-methoxy-(pyridin-4-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine: Under N2-atmosphere, 0.73 g (3.7 mMol) 3-bromo-4-ethyl-aniline and 0.82 ml 4 N HCl/dioxane are added to 1.00 g (3.5 mMol) 1-chloro-4-[2-methoxy-pyridin-4-yl)methyl]phthalazine in 12 ml methanol, and the mixture is stirred for 2 h at 70° C. After cooling, the resulting yellow solution is diluted with EtOAc and 2.5% NH3 solution, and the aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAct. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated with a RE. After addition of DIPE to the residue, the title compound crystallizes out: M.p. 133-135° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=449/451; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=11.4.
- Under protective gas, 0.37 ml (2.6 mMol) of Me3SiI are added to 500 mg (1.3 mMol) of 1-(4-tert-butylanilino)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine in 15 ml of chloroform, and the mixture is stirred during 6 h at 60° C. After cooling to RT, 20 ml of sat. NaHCO3 solution, 10 ml of water, 200 ml of EtOAc and a small amount of methanol are added, followed by agitation until all is dissolved. The aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated partially with a RE. During this procedure, the title compound crystallizes out: M.p. 277-278° C. (decomposition); FAB-MS: (M+H)+=385; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=9.8.
- The starting materials are prepared as follows:
- 3a) 6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-carbaldehyde: 10 g (71.9 mMol) of 2-methoxy-5-hydroxymethylpyridine (preparation see Heterocycl. Commun. 1999, 5, 257) are dissolved in 160 ml of DMSO and 30 ml (215 mMol) of triethylamine. At RT (exothermic—cool!), 34.3 g (215 mMol) of sulfur trioxide pyridine complex in 160 ml DMSO are added dropwise, and the mixture is stirred 1 h at RT. The mixture is poured into water and extracted three times with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to yield the title compound: HPLC (Grad5-40) tRet=12.9.
- 3b) 3-[1-(6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-methyliden]-3.H.-isobenzofuran-1-one: Under exclusion of air, 38.7 g (89.8 mMol) of 1,3-dihydro-3-oxo-1-isobenzofuranyl-triphenyl-phosphonium chloride (preparation see J. Organomet. Chem. 1972, 42, 391) and 11 ml (79 mMol) of triethylamine are added to an ice-cooled solution of 9.9 g (72 mMol) of 6-methoxy-pyridin-3-carbaldehyde in 150 ml THF. After stirring 2 h on the ice bath, the mixture is filtrated, the residue is washed out with EtOAc and the filtrate is evaporated, yielding the double bond isomers of the title compound, further containing triphenyl phosphinoxide): FAB-MS: (M+H)+=254.
- 3c) 4-[6-Methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazin-1(2H)-one: 38.9 g of the raw 3-[1-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-methyliden]-3.H.-isobenzofuran-1-one just mentioned in 400 ml of THF and 400 ml of hydrazine hydrate are stirred for 90 min at 80° C. After cooling to RT, the mixture is diluted with 1.5 l of water and 1 l of EtOAc, and the water phase is removed and extracted a further two times with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and then extracted three times each with 400 ml of 1 N HCl, and the acidic aqueous phases are made alkaline with 4 N NaOH and extracted three times each with 400 ml EtOAc. The resulting EtOAc extracts are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated partially using a RE. During that procedure, the title compound crystallizes out and is obtained by filtration: FAB-MS: (M+H)+=268; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=7.7.
- 3e) 1-Chloro-4-[6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine: Excluding humidity, 13 ml (142 mMol) of phosphorous oxychloride and 20 ml of 4 N HCl in dioxane are added to 10.8 g (40 mMol) of 4-[6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazin-1(2H)-one in 170 ml of acetonitrile. After stirring for 24 h at 75° C., the mixture is cooled, and the precipitate is filtered off and washed out with acetonitrile *. The residue is dissolved in 150 ml of water, and 170 ml of 2.5% NH3 solution are added. The precipitate forming during that procedure is re-dissolved by addition of EtOAc, and the aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated partially with a RE. This caused the title compound to crystallize out, which is filtered off: M.p. 134-135° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=286. *From the filtrate, by distribution between EtOAc, 2.5% NH3 solution, water and brine and column chromatography (SiO2; methylenechloride, methylenechloride/EtOAc 9:1→7:3→EtOAc) further product is obtained.
- 3f) 1-(4-tert-Butyl-anilino)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine: Under N2 atmosphere, 0.40 g (2.7 mMol) of 4-tert-butyl-aniline and 0.62 ml 4 N HCl/dioxane are added to 750 mg (2.6 mMol) of 1-chloro-4-[6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine in 11 ml of methanol, and the mixture is stirred for 2 h at 65° C. After cooling, the resulting yellow solution is diluted with EtOAc, 20 ml of water and 10 ml of 2.5% NH3 solution, and the aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried and partially evaporated with a RE. After addition of DIPE to the remnant, the title compound crystallizes out: FAB-MS: (M+H)+=399; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=11.9.
- Under N2 atmosphere, 0.35 ml (2.6 mMol) of Me3SiI are added to 500 mg (1.3 m Mol) of trans 1-(4-isopropyl-cyclohexylamino)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine in 15 ml of chloroform, followed by stirring for 16 h at 60° C. After cooling to RT, 15 ml of sat. NaHCO3 solution, 10 ml of water, EtOAc and a small amount of methanol are added, followed by agitation. From the resulting solution, the aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to dryness. Crystallization by partial evaporation of a solution in methanol results in the title compound: M.p. 271-272° C. (decomposition); FAB-MS: (M+H)+=377; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=10.2.
- The starting materials are prepared as follows:
- 4a) trans 1-(4-Isopropyl-cyclohexylamino)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]-phthalazine: Under N2 atmosphere, in an ampoule 1.8 g (12.7 mMol) of trans 4-isopropyl-cyclohexylamine (preparation see Arzneim. Forsch. 1969, 19, 140) and 700 mg (2.4 mMol) of 1-chloro-4-[6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine are heated during 14 h at 140° C. The suspension is dissolved by dilution with EtOAc, 1.5 ml of NH3 solution (25%) and water, and the aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. Crystallization from EtOAc/hexane 1:1 results in the title compound: M.p. 124-125° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=391; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=12.4.
- Under N2 atmosphere, 320 mg (2.2 mMol) of trans-2-isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-ylamine and 400 mg (1.1 mMol) of 1-iodo-4-[6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine in 4 ml of tributylamine are heated for 8 h at 85° C. The reaction mixture is taken up by dilution with EtOAc and a small amount of methanol and diluted. NaHCO3 solution, and the aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic phases are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to dryness. Reversed phase medium-pressure chromatography (water/acetonitrile/TFA) yields the title compound: 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 11.4 (s, 1H), 8.28 und 8.12 (2d, 2 HC), 7.87 (m, 2 HC), 7.33 (m, 2 HC), 6.99 (s, HN), 6.24 (d, HC), 4.54 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 3H), 4.19 (s, H2C), 3.59 (t, 2H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 0.92 (d, 2H3C); FAB-MS: (M+H)+=381; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=7.9.
- The starting materials are obtained as follows:
- 5a) 1-Iodo-4-[6-hydroxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine: Excluding humidity, 0.5 ml (3.6 mMol) of Me3SiI are added to 500 mg (1.7 mMol) of 1-chloro-4-[6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine (Ex. 3e) in 20 ml chloroform and stirred at 60° C. After 5 h and 20 h of agitating, again each time 0.5 ml of Me3SiI are added. After a total of 38 h, the mixture is cooled. Suction filtration and washing with chloroform results in the title compound which is used directly in Ex. 5: FAB-MS: (M+H)+=364; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=8.3.
- 5b) 2-Benzyloxy-carbonylamino-1,3-propandiole: On an ice bath, 11.7 g (85 mMol) of K2CO3 and 10.5 ml (95%; 71 mMol) of benzyl chloroformate are added to a solution of 5.4 g (59 mMol) of 2-amino-1,3-propandiole in 50 ml of THF and 5 ml of water. After 1 h at 0° C., the mixture is stirred overnight at RT. The mixture is then diluted with EtOAc, the water is removed with solid Na2SO4, filtration follows and the residue is washed with EtOAc. During evaporation of the filtrate, the title compound is crystallizing out and is filtered off and washed with hexane: M.p. 108-109° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=226.
- 5c) Benzyl-(2-isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl)-carbamate: Under water separation, a solution of 10.1 g (44.8 mMol) of 2-benzyloxy-carbonylamino-1,3-propandiole, 123 mg of p-toluene-sulfonic acid and 4.2 ml (46 mMol) of isobutyraldehyde is boiled in 100 ml of benzene. After 5 h, again 4.2 ml of isobutyraldehyde are added. After 16 h the mixture is cooled down. This results in the precipitation of platelets. Filtration and washing with hexane produces trans-benzyl-(2-isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl)-carbamate: M.p. 152° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=226. Washing of the filtrate with NaHCO3 solution, water and brine, drying (Na2SO4) and evaporation yields a cis-/trans mixture of the title compound from which, by crystallization from boiling toluene (with a small amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid) more of the trans isomer is obtained.
- 5e) trans 2-Isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-ylamine: Hydrogenation of 4.07 g (14.6 mMol) of trans benzyl-(2-isopropyl-[1,3]dioxan-5-yl)-carbamate in 80 ml of EtOAc in the presence of 0.4 g of 10% Pd/C, followed by filtration through Celite and evaporation, yields the title compound: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 4.11 (m, 3H), 3.20 (t, 10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.56 (sb, H2N), 0.93 (d, 6H).
- In analogy to Ex. 3, the following derivatives of structural type A are obtained from which by cleavage (Me3SiI/hydrolysis) the respective compounds of structural type B are obtained:
-
Structural HPLC tRet FAB-MS M.p. Ex. Y—NH Type (Grad20-100) (M + H)+ [° C.] 6a6 AB 10.9 8.5 411397 165226-227 7a7* AB 12.610.5 479465 287-288 8a**8 AB 12.0 9.3 449/451435/437 171-172273-274 9a9* AB 425411 183-184 10a***10* AB 12.610.4 477/479463/465 168-169277-278 11a11 AB 12a12 AB *obtained directly as by-product of the reaction of chloro-4-[6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine with the respective aniline derivative and separated off by column chromatography. **preparation of 3-bromo-4-ethyl-aniline see Ex. 2a. ***analogously, 3-bromo-4-(tert-butyl)-aniline is obtained by hydrogenation of 3-bromo-4-(tert-butyl)-nitrobenzene (Maybridge). - In analogy to Example 4a, starting from 408 mg (2.8 mMol) of trans-2-isopropyl[1,3]dioxan-5-ylamine (Ex. 5e) and 400 mg (1.4 mMol) 1-chloro-4-[6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine, the title compound is obtained: m.p. 186-187° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=395; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=9.7.
- In analogy to Ex. 2, cleavage of derivatives of structural type A with Me3SiI and hydrolysis yields the respective compounds of structural type B:
- Under N2 atmosphere, 0.84 ml (5.33 mMol) of 4-tert-butyl-aniline and 1.8 ml 4 N HCl/dioxane are added to 1.80 g (72%; 3.55 mMol) of 1-chloro-4-[5-bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine containing 1-chloro-4-[5-bromo-6-hydroxy-(pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine in 30 ml of dioxane containing 17 vol % of isopropanol. After stirring for 25 min at 90° C., the yellow suspension is cooled to RT and filtered, washed with dioxane and dried in vacuo. Mother liquors are evaporated, diluted in 5 ml MeOH, EtOAc, and NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous phase is removed and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic layers are washed with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Column chromatography of crystals and mother liquors (SiO2; CH2Cl2/EtOAc 4:1 the CH2Cl2/MeOH 9:1) yields a followed by b. a: ES-MS: (M+H)+=477/479; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=14.1. b: ES-MS: (M+H)+=463/465; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=11.1.
- The starting materials are prepared as follows:
- 17a) 5-Bromo-6-methoxy-pyridin-3-carbaldehyde: (see Eur. J. Med. Chem.-Chim. Ther. 1977, 12, 531) 54.8 g (400 mMol) 6-methoxy-3-pyridinecarbaldehyde (Aldrich) are dissolved in 180 ml of acetic acid. 63.8 g (778 mMol) sodium acetate are added portionwise (slightly exothermic). Then a solution of 30 ml (582 mMol) of bromine in 120 ml of acetic acid is added dropwise during 30 min. The mixture is stirred for 5 h at 90° C., then cooled to RT and concentrated partially in vacuo. The residue is diluted with ice water, neutralized to pH 7.5 with 4 N NaOH and extracted with 4 portions of EtOAc. The organic layers are washed twice with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Column chromatography (SiO2; CH2Cl2) of the resulting oil and crystallization from CH2Cl2/hexane gives the title compound: mp: 94-95° C.
- 17b) 3-[1-(5-Bromo-6-methoxy-pyridin-3-yl)-methyliden]-3.H.-isobenzofuran-1-on: Under N2 atmosphere, 8.0 g (37 mMol) 5-bromo-6-methoxy-pyridin-3-carbaldehyde are dissolved in 200 ml of THF. To the ice-cooled solution, 17.5 g (40.7 mMol) of 1,3-dihydro-3-oxo-1-isobenzofuranyl-triphenyl-phosphonium chloride (preparation see J. Organomet Chem. 1972, 42, 391) are added followed by 5.7 ml (40.8 mMol) of triethylamine. After 18 h at 0° C., the solid [OP(C6H5)3] is filtered off, washed with THF and discarded. The filtrate is concentrated, re-dissolved in 1 l of EtOAC and washed with water and brine. The aqueous layers are extracted with EtOAc, the organic phases combined, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to the title compound [E/Z-mixture; containing OP(C6H5)3]: FAB-MS: (M+H)+=332/334; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=15.5/16.7.
- 17c) 4-[5-Bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazin-1(2H)-one: A solution of 26.6 mMol of the above product in 180 ml of THF is heated to 70° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen. Then 3.12 ml (80 mMol; 80% solution in H2O) of hydrazine hydrate are added dropwise. After stirring for 90 min at 70° C., the reaction mixture is cooled to RT and partially concentrated in vacuo. The crystallized product is filtered off, washed with EtOAc and recrystallized from EtOAc yielding the title compound: mp: 227-228° C.; FAB-MS: (M+H)+=346/348; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=12.2.
- 17d) 1-Chloro-4-[5-bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine: To a suspension of 1.38 g (4.00 mMol) of 4-[5-bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazin-1(2H)-one and 1.33 g (8.0 mMol) of Et4NCl in 75 ml of acetonitrile under N2-atmosphere, 1.01 ml (8.0 mMol) of N,N-dimethyl-aniline and 8.79 ml (96 mMol) of POCl3 are added. After heating the mixture for 1 h to 90° C., the resulting solution is cooled to RT, pored into 400 ml of ice water and 500 ml sat. NaHCO3 solution and extracted with 3 portions of EtOAc. The organic phases are washed twice with water and brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to the title compound containing some 1-chloro-4-[5-bromo-6-hydroxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine: FAB-MS: (M+H)+=364/366; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=14.5.
- In analogy to Ex. 3, treatment of a solution of 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(furan-2-yl)-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine in CHCl3 with Me3SiI, followed by hydrolysis gives the title compound. ES-MS: (M+H)+=451; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=12.6.
- The starting material is prepared as follows:
- 18a) 1-(4-tert-Butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(furan-2-yl)-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine: To a solution of 366 mg (0.76 mMol) 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine (Ex. 17: a) in 7 ml degassed DMF under a N2-atmosphere are added 174 mg (0.15 mMol) of Pd[P(C6H5)3]4 and 0.6 ml (1.9 mMol) of 2-tributylstannyl-furan (Aldrich). After 4 h stirring at 100° C., the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous layers are extracted twice with EtOAc, the organic phases washed with water, brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Column chromatography (SiO2; CH2Cl2/Et2O 7:3) and crystallization from DIPE yields the title compound. mp: 180-182° C.; ES-MS: (M+H)+=465; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=15.0.
- 1-(4-tert-Butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(thiazol-2-yl)-6-hydroxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine can be obtained analogously to Ex. 18 from 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(thiazol-2-yl)-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine by deprotection with Me3SiI. ES-MS: (M+H)+=468; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=11.9.
- The starting material is prepared as follows:
- 19a) 1-(4-tert-Butyl-anilino)-4-[5-(thiazol-2-yl)-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine can be obtained analogously to Ex. 18a from 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine and 2-tributylstannyl-thiazol (supplier: Frontier Scientific; Logan/USA). MS: (M+H)+=482; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=14.6.
- In analogy to Ex. 3, treatment of a solution of 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-ethylamino-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine in CHCl3 with Me3SiI, followed by hydrolysis gives the title compound. ES-MS: (M+H)+=428; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=11.9.
- The starting material is prepared as follows:
- 20a) 1-(4-tert-Butyl-anilino)-4-[5-ethylamino-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine: A mixture of 400 mg (0.84 mMol) 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[5-bromo-6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)methyl]phthalazine (Ex. 17: a), 52 mg R(+)-BINAP [R(+)-2,2′-bis-(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthalin); 0.08 mMol], 22 mg Pd2(dba)3CHCl3 [tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium (0) chloroform complex; 0.02 mMol] and 161 mg (1.68 mMol) of sodium-tert-butylate is prepared in 10 ml degassed DMF in a sealed tube under a N2-atmosphere. Then 2.5 ml (5 mMol) of a 2 N solution of ethylamine in THF are added. After 58 h stirring at 70° C., the reaction mixture is diluted with EtOAc and sat. NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous layers are extracted twice with EtOAc, the organic phases washed with sat. NaHCO3 solution, brine, dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Column chromatography (SiO2; CH2Cl2/Aceton 5:1) yields the title compound, containing 1-(4-tert-butyl-anilino)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine. The title compound is then isolated by preparative MPLC. ES-MS: (M+H)+=442; HPLC (Grad20-100) tRet=13.2.
- In analogy to the above described examples, the following derivatives can be obtained:
- In analogy to Ex. 3, treatment of a solution of 1-(4-fluoro-2-methyl-1H-indol-5-yloxy)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine in CHCl3 with Me3SiI, followed by hydrolysis gives the title compound.
- The starting material is prepared as follows:
- 29a) 1-(4-Fluoro-2-methyl-1H-indol-5-yloxy)-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine: Heating of a mixture of 1-chloro-4-[6-methoxy-(pyridin-3-yl)-methyl]phthalazine (Ex. 3e), 4-fluoro-5-hydroxy-2-methyl-1H-indole (preparation see WO 00/47212; Ex. 237) and K2CO3 in DMF yields the title compound.
- By the help of recombinant CyP 450 enzymes, the corresponding IC50 values for the compounds of formula I are determined. This allows to demonstrate that the compounds of formula I, when compared with compounds form the prior art, e.g. as described in WO 00/59509, have advantageous properties. Description of the Assay: Fluorescence-labelled substrate compounds are incubated with different concentrations of test compound of formula I with recombinant Cytochrome P450 isoenzymes. From these data, the concentration is determined at which 50% of the activity of the enzyme is inhibited when compared to the activity in the absence of inhibitor (→IC50). For details see above in the general description.
- This shows that there is an at least more than two-fold lower inhibition of the three mentioned cytochromes for Example 8 of the present disclosure when compared with Ex. 14 q from WO 00/59509, and that the IC50 is larger than 1 μM.
- The test is conducted using Flt-1 VEGF-receptor tyrosine kinase, as described hereinabove. The IC50 values determined are given below, insofar as they have been accurately determined:
-
Title compound from Example IC50 (μmol) Example 1 d) 1.2 Example 2 d) 1.9 - 5000 soft gelatin capsules, each comprising as active ingredient 0.05 g of one of the compounds of formula I mentioned in the preceding Examples, are prepared as follows:
-
Composition Active ingredient 250 g Lauroglycol 2 litre - Preparation process: The pulverized active ingredient is suspended in Lauroglykol® (propylene glycol laurate, Gattefossé S. A., Saint Priest, France) and ground in a wet pulverizer to produce a particle size of about 1 to 3 μm. Then 0.419 g portions of the mixture are introduced into soft gelatin capsules using a capsule-filling machine.
Claims (10)
1. A compound of the formula I,
wherein
r is 1 or 2, n is 0-3,
t is 0, 1 or 2,
R1 and R2
a) are independently in each case a lower alkyl; or
b) together form a bridge of subformula 1**,
wherein one or two of the ring members T1, T2, T3 and T4 are nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the bond is achieved via atoms T1 and T4;
G is —C(═O)—, —CHF—, —CFr, lower alkylene, ˜6alkenylene, lower alkylene or C3-C6alkenylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy, —CH2O—, —CH2S—, —CH2—NH—, —CH2O—CH2, —CH2—S—CH2—, —CH2—NH—CH2—, oxa (—O—), thia (—S—), imino (—NH—), —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2—S—CH2—, —CH2NH—CH2—, —(C(R4)2)t—S(O)p-(5-membered heteroaryl)-(C(R4)2)s—, —(C(R4)2)t—C(G1)(R4)(C(R4)2)s—, —O—CH2—, —S(O)—, —S(O2)—, —SCH2, —S(O)CH2—, —CH2S(O)— or —CH2S(O)2, wherein each of p, sand t, independently of the other, is 0, 1 or 2; R4 is hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; and G1 is —CN, —CO2R3, —CON(R6)2 or CH2N(R6)2, wherein R3 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl;
A, B, D, E and T are independents N or CH subject to the proviso that at least one and not more than three of these radicals are N;
Q is either lower alkoxy or O (oxo), with the proviso that if Q is lower alkoxy, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a single bond and the ring carrying Q has three double bonds, and if Q is O, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom;
Q′ is halogen, NHRQ, NRQ 2, ORQ, SRQ, alkyl, aryl-alkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, perfluoroalkyl, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted hetaryl, wherein RQ represents acyl, alkyl, or alkyl substituted by hydroxy, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl;
Ra and Ra′ are each independently H, halogen or lower alkyl;
X is imino, oxa, or thia;
Y is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; and
with the proviso that when two groups R6 are each alkyl and located on the same nitrogen atom, they may be linked by a bond, an O, an S or NR3 with R3 as defined above to form a N-containing heterocycle of 5 to 7 ring atoms;
or an N-oxide of a compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom;
or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of a compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
2. A compound of the formula I according to claim 1 ,
wherein
r is 1 or 2,
n is 0 to 3,
t is 0,
R1 and R2
a) are independents in each case a lower alkyl;
or b) together form a bridge of subformula 1 **,
wherein one or two of the ring members T1, T2, T3 and T4 are nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the bond is achieved via atoms T1 and T4;
G is —C(═O)—, —CHF—, —CF2—, lower alkylene, C2-C6alkenylene, lower alkylene or C3-C6alkenylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy, —CH2—O—, —CH2—S—, —CH2NH—, —CH2—O—CH2—, —CH2S—CH2—, —CH2—NH—CH2—, oxa (—O—), thia (—S—), imino (—NH—), —CH2O—CH2—, —CH2S—CH2—, —CH2NH—CH2—, —(C(R4)2)tS(O)p-(5-membered heteroaryl)-(C(R4)2)s—, —(C(R4)2)t—C(G1)(R4)—(C(R4)2)s—, —O—CH2—, —S(O)—, —S(O2)—, —SCH2, —S(O)CH2—, —CH2S(O)— or —CH2S(O)2—, wherein each of p, s and t, independently of the other, is 0, 1 or 2; R4 is hydrogen, halogen or lower alkyl; and G1 is —CN, —CO2R3, —CON(R6)2 or CH2N(R6)2, wherein R3 is hydrogen or lower alkyl and R6 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl or aryl-lower alkyl;
A, B, D, E and T are independently N or CH subject to the proviso that at least one and not more than three of these radicals are N;
Q is either lower alkoxy or O (oxo), with the proviso that if Q is lower alkoxy, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a single bond and the ring carrying Q has three double bonds, and if Q is O, the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom;
Ra and Ra′ are each independently H, halogen or lower alkyl;
X is imino, oxa, or thia;
Y is hydrogen, aryl, heteroaryl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; and
with the proviso that when two groups R6 are each alkyl and located on the same nitrogen atom, they may be linked by a bond, an O, an S or NR3 with R3 as defined above b form a N-containing heterocycle of 5 to 7 ring atoms;
or an N-oxide of a compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom;
or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of a compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
3. A compound of formula I according to claim 1 , wherein Q is O, with the proviso that the waved line representing the bonding of Q is a double bond and for each Q=O, one of the double bonds in the ring is changed to a single bond; and with the proviso that any Q is bonded to a ring C atom; and the other symbols have the meaning described in claim 1 ; an N-oxide of said compound of formula I, wherein 1 or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom; or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
4. A compound of formula I according to claim 1 wherein r is 1 and
either T is NH, each of B, D and E is CH, A is C and Q is O bonded at A via a double bond, with the proviso that the double bond between A and T is absent;
or A is NH, each of B, D and E is CH and T is C and Q is O bonded at T via a double bond;
and the remaining radicals and symbols are as defined in each of claims 1 to 5 ; or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
5. A compound of formula I according to claim 1 wherein r is 1 and
A is NH, each of B, D and E is CH and T is C and Q is O bonded at T via a double bond;
and the remaining radicals and symbols are as defined in each of claims 1 to 5 ; or a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof.
6. A compound of the formula I, an N-oxide thereof, a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof according to claim 1 for use in the therapeutic or diagnostic treatment of the animal or human body.
7. A pharmaceutical preparation comprising a compound of the formula I, an N-oxide thereof, a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof according to claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
8. The use of a compound of the formula I, an N-oxide thereof, a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof according to claim 1 , for the preparation of a pharmaceutical preparation for the treatment of VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibiting activity, of cell proliferation, of inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid diseases, or pain.
9. A method for treating a warm-blooded animal, including a human, in which an antitumourally effective dose of a compound of formula I, an N-oxide thereof, a tautomer or mixture of tautomers of said compound of formula I or an N-oxide thereof; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of said compound of formula I, of an N-oxide or of a tautomer or mixture of tautomers thereof according to claim 1 is administered to a warm-blooded animal suffering from a tumour disease, of inflammatory rheumatic or rheumatoid diseases, or pain.
10.-15. (canceled)
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US12/141,179 US20090076003A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2008-06-18 | Phthalazine Derivatives with Angiogenesis Inhibiting Activity |
US12/953,837 US8034814B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2010-11-24 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
GBGB0111078.2A GB0111078D0 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2001-05-04 | Organic compounds |
GB0111078.2 | 2001-05-04 | ||
US10/475,419 US7399761B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-05-03 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
PCT/EP2002/004892 WO2002090346A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-05-03 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
US12/141,179 US20090076003A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2008-06-18 | Phthalazine Derivatives with Angiogenesis Inhibiting Activity |
Related Parent Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/475,419 Division US7399761B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-05-03 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
US10475419 Division | 2002-05-03 | ||
PCT/EP2002/004892 Division WO2002090346A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-05-03 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/953,837 Continuation US8034814B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2010-11-24 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20090076003A1 true US20090076003A1 (en) | 2009-03-19 |
Family
ID=9914117
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/475,419 Expired - Fee Related US7399761B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-05-03 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
US12/141,179 Abandoned US20090076003A1 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2008-06-18 | Phthalazine Derivatives with Angiogenesis Inhibiting Activity |
US12/953,837 Expired - Fee Related US8034814B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2010-11-24 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/475,419 Expired - Fee Related US7399761B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2002-05-03 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/953,837 Expired - Fee Related US8034814B2 (en) | 2001-05-04 | 2010-11-24 | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity |
Country Status (12)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US7399761B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1387836B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP4365586B2 (en) |
CN (1) | CN1314681C (en) |
AT (1) | ATE393152T1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR0209332A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2446051A1 (en) |
DE (1) | DE60226225T2 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2301648T3 (en) |
GB (1) | GB0111078D0 (en) |
PT (1) | PT1387836E (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002090346A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20150291525A1 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2015-10-15 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
SI1427420T1 (en) * | 2001-09-12 | 2006-12-31 | Novartis Ag | Use of a combination comprising 4-pyridylmethylphthalazines for cancer treatment |
CA2490130A1 (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2004-01-08 | Novartis Ag | Combination comprising a vasculostatic compound and an alkylating agent for the treatment of a tumor |
AU2003292888A1 (en) * | 2002-12-27 | 2004-07-22 | Schering Aktiengesellschaft | Pharmaceutical combinations of phthalazine vegf inhibitors and benzamide hdac inhibitors |
UA89035C2 (en) | 2003-12-03 | 2009-12-25 | Лео Фарма А/С | Hydroxamic acid esters and pharmaceutical use thereof |
US7786130B2 (en) * | 2005-08-29 | 2010-08-31 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Pyridones useful as inhibitors of kinases |
US8350026B2 (en) | 2008-08-27 | 2013-01-08 | Leo Pharma A/S | VEGF-2 receptor and protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors and pharmaceutical use thereof |
CN108299400B (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2021-02-19 | 达特神经科学(开曼)有限公司 | Substituted pyridine and substituted pyrazine compounds as PDE4 inhibitors |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3753988A (en) * | 1969-05-03 | 1973-08-21 | Aspro Nicholas Ltd | Substituted phthalazines |
US4665181A (en) * | 1984-05-17 | 1987-05-12 | Pennwalt Corporation | Anti-inflammatory phthalazinones |
Family Cites Families (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BE567431A (en) | 1957-05-07 | |||
JPH03106875A (en) | 1989-09-20 | 1991-05-07 | Morishita Pharmaceut Co Ltd | 1-(3-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine derivative |
EP0600831A1 (en) | 1992-11-27 | 1994-06-08 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Phtalazinon derivatives |
HU219864B (en) | 1994-08-09 | 2001-08-28 | Eisai Co., Ltd. | Cgmp-pde inhibitory fused pyridazine derivatives and use thereof |
DE69705819T2 (en) | 1996-01-15 | 2002-04-11 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V., Beerse | ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITING PYRIDAZINE AMINES |
CO4950519A1 (en) | 1997-02-13 | 2000-09-01 | Novartis Ag | PHTHALAZINES, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM AND THE PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION |
BR0009507A (en) * | 1999-03-30 | 2002-01-15 | Novartis Ag | Phthalazine derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory diseases |
AR025068A1 (en) * | 1999-08-10 | 2002-11-06 | Bayer Corp | PIRAZINAS REPLACED AND FUSIONATED PYRIDAZINES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDE THEM, USE OF SUCH COMPOUNDS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT WITH AN ANGIOGENESIS INHIBITING ACTIVITY |
-
2001
- 2001-05-04 GB GBGB0111078.2A patent/GB0111078D0/en not_active Ceased
-
2002
- 2002-05-03 CA CA002446051A patent/CA2446051A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2002-05-03 JP JP2002587426A patent/JP4365586B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-05-03 PT PT02738031T patent/PT1387836E/en unknown
- 2002-05-03 BR BR0209332-4A patent/BR0209332A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2002-05-03 AT AT02738031T patent/ATE393152T1/en active
- 2002-05-03 ES ES02738031T patent/ES2301648T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-05-03 DE DE60226225T patent/DE60226225T2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 2002-05-03 US US10/475,419 patent/US7399761B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-05-03 WO PCT/EP2002/004892 patent/WO2002090346A1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2002-05-03 CN CNB028092937A patent/CN1314681C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2002-05-03 EP EP02738031A patent/EP1387836B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2008
- 2008-06-18 US US12/141,179 patent/US20090076003A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2010
- 2010-11-24 US US12/953,837 patent/US8034814B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3753988A (en) * | 1969-05-03 | 1973-08-21 | Aspro Nicholas Ltd | Substituted phthalazines |
US4665181A (en) * | 1984-05-17 | 1987-05-12 | Pennwalt Corporation | Anti-inflammatory phthalazinones |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20150291525A1 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2015-10-15 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Inhibitors of bruton's tyrosine kinase |
US9458105B2 (en) * | 2012-11-16 | 2016-10-04 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Inhibitors of Bruton's tyrosine kinase |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
BR0209332A (en) | 2004-07-20 |
US20040180899A1 (en) | 2004-09-16 |
ES2301648T3 (en) | 2008-07-01 |
CA2446051A1 (en) | 2002-11-14 |
EP1387836B1 (en) | 2008-04-23 |
ATE393152T1 (en) | 2008-05-15 |
JP4365586B2 (en) | 2009-11-18 |
WO2002090346A1 (en) | 2002-11-14 |
US8034814B2 (en) | 2011-10-11 |
CN1507444A (en) | 2004-06-23 |
JP2004532241A (en) | 2004-10-21 |
DE60226225D1 (en) | 2008-06-05 |
DE60226225T2 (en) | 2009-09-10 |
GB0111078D0 (en) | 2001-06-27 |
PT1387836E (en) | 2008-06-27 |
US20110130399A1 (en) | 2011-06-02 |
EP1387836A1 (en) | 2004-02-11 |
US7399761B2 (en) | 2008-07-15 |
CN1314681C (en) | 2007-05-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US8034814B2 (en) | Phthalazine derivatives with angiogenesis inhibiting activity | |
US7323474B2 (en) | Pyridine derivatives inhibiting angiogenesis and/or VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase | |
EP2137162B1 (en) | Organic compounds and their uses | |
CN102365277B (en) | JUN N-terminal kinase inhibitors | |
US10022374B2 (en) | Certain protein kinase inhibitors | |
RU2526618C2 (en) | Substituted piridazine-carboxamide compounds as kinase-inhibiting compounds | |
KR20070104936A (en) | Chemical compounds | |
SK285757B6 (en) | Phthalazines with angiogenesis inhibiting activity, process for their preparation, their use and compositions containing them | |
KR20160104003A (en) | Serine/threonine kinase inhibitors | |
AU2008221278A1 (en) | Pyrimidine-2,4-diamine derivatives and their use as JAK2 kinase inhibitors | |
JP2007506763A (en) | Imidazole compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases | |
CZ20013660A3 (en) | Substituted 3-cyano-(1,7),(1,5) and (1,8)-naphthyridine inhibitors of tyrosine kinases | |
AU2004275888B2 (en) | Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors | |
CN105408332B (en) | Substituted triazolopyridines | |
CN114539263B (en) | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, and pharmaceutical composition and application thereof | |
JP2004532241A5 (en) | ||
CN114763360A (en) | Chiral macrocyclic compounds as protein kinase inhibitors and uses thereof | |
JP2018531266A6 (en) | Pyridone derivatives and their use as kinase inhibitors | |
JP2018531266A (en) | Pyridone derivatives and their use as kinase inhibitors | |
JP2017521449A (en) | Quinoxaline compounds, methods of preparing them and uses thereof | |
WO2024105364A1 (en) | Heterocyclic inhibitors of cdc-like kinases |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: EXPRESSLY ABANDONED -- DURING EXAMINATION |